WO2008068614A2 - Stereoselective synthesis of 1-[6-ethyl-1,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one - Google Patents
Stereoselective synthesis of 1-[6-ethyl-1,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2008068614A2 WO2008068614A2 PCT/IB2007/003890 IB2007003890W WO2008068614A2 WO 2008068614 A2 WO2008068614 A2 WO 2008068614A2 IB 2007003890 W IB2007003890 W IB 2007003890W WO 2008068614 A2 WO2008068614 A2 WO 2008068614A2
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- benzyl
- formula
- pyrrolidin
- pentan
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000000707 stereoselective effect Effects 0.000 title abstract description 7
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 title description 8
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 title description 7
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 60
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 40
- HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1 HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 35
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 151
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 55
- -1 1-ethoxyethyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 48
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 46
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 39
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 11
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims description 9
- JPBWJTHZBOPHDG-QGLTVNCISA-N (2s)-3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(oxan-2-yloxy)pentan-3-ol Chemical compound O([C@@H](C)C(O)(CC)C=1N=CC(Br)=CC=1)C1CCCCO1 JPBWJTHZBOPHDG-QGLTVNCISA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- FDPIMTJIUBPUKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentan-3-one Chemical compound CCC(=O)CC FDPIMTJIUBPUKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- CPWOKUIABVYBCU-PEHGTWAWSA-N (2s)-2-(oxan-2-yloxy)pentan-3-one Chemical compound CCC(=O)[C@H](C)OC1CCCCO1 CPWOKUIABVYBCU-PEHGTWAWSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960000583 acetic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 claims description 4
- NDFVNBSEAVSIBK-JTQLQIEISA-N (2s)-2-(2-trimethylsilylethoxymethoxy)pentan-3-one Chemical compound CCC(=O)[C@H](C)OCOCC[Si](C)(C)C NDFVNBSEAVSIBK-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- VLRNGEYXRNXMKH-AWEZNQCLSA-N (3r)-3-[[2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl]methyl]pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1C1=CC=CC=C1C[C@H]1C(=O)NCC1 VLRNGEYXRNXMKH-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydropyran Chemical compound C1CCOCC1 DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000012362 glacial acetic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- KVKFRMCSXWQSNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n'-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CNCCNC KVKFRMCSXWQSNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004217 4-methoxybenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002642 lithium compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000006503 p-nitrobenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1[N+]([O-])=O)C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000025 triisopropylsilyl group Chemical group C(C)(C)[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)* 0.000 claims description 2
- XDUBAAVSAIBHOQ-PTSXMKLCSA-N (3r)-1-[6-[(2s)-3-hydroxy-2-(oxan-2-yloxy)pentan-3-yl]pyridin-3-yl]-3-[[2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl]methyl]pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O([C@@H](C)C(O)(CC)C=1N=CC(=CC=1)N1C([C@H](CC=2C(=CC=CC=2)N2CCN(C)CC2)CC1)=O)C1CCCCO1 XDUBAAVSAIBHOQ-PTSXMKLCSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 abstract description 30
- 208000019901 Anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 27
- 230000036506 anxiety Effects 0.000 abstract description 22
- 208000021384 Obsessive-Compulsive disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 15
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 abstract description 14
- DBJVUOWVSOENGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[6-(2,3-dihydroxypentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-3-[[2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl]methyl]pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound C1=NC(C(O)(C(C)O)CC)=CC=C1N1C(=O)C(CC=2C(=CC=CC=2)N2CCN(C)CC2)CC1 DBJVUOWVSOENGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 13
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 abstract description 11
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 7
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 7
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 abstract description 4
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 abstract description 3
- 239000003521 serotonin 5-HT1 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 abstract description 3
- 239000002868 serotonin 5-HT1 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 abstract description 2
- QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N serotonin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2C(CCN)=CNC2=C1 QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 62
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 59
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 52
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 52
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 30
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 29
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 29
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 26
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 25
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 24
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 23
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 22
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 22
- LPEKGGXMPWTOCB-VKHMYHEASA-N methyl (S)-lactate Chemical compound COC(=O)[C@H](C)O LPEKGGXMPWTOCB-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 20
- 229960002073 sertraline Drugs 0.000 description 20
- VGKDLMBJGBXTGI-SJCJKPOMSA-N sertraline Chemical compound C1([C@@H]2CC[C@@H](C3=CC=CC=C32)NC)=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 VGKDLMBJGBXTGI-SJCJKPOMSA-N 0.000 description 20
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 20
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 19
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 18
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 238000000935 solvent evaporation Methods 0.000 description 17
- NXFFJDQHYLNEJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-7-fluoro-5-methylsulfonyl-2,3-dihydro-1h-cyclopenta[b]indol-3-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound C1=2C(S(=O)(=O)C)=CC(F)=CC=2C=2CCC(CC(O)=O)C=2N1CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 NXFFJDQHYLNEJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 16
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 16
- 208000019906 panic disease Diseases 0.000 description 16
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 15
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 14
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 14
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 13
- 208000008811 Agoraphobia Diseases 0.000 description 12
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N cocaine Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@H]2CC[C@@H](N2C)[C@H]1C(=O)OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)=O CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 11
- NBBJYMSMWIIQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propionic aldehyde Chemical compound CCC=O NBBJYMSMWIIQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 10
- 208000020401 Depressive disease Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 206010034912 Phobia Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 206010041250 Social phobia Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 9
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229940076279 serotonin Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 201000001716 specific phobia Diseases 0.000 description 9
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 8
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 8
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 7
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 7
- 208000024732 dysthymic disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 7
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 7
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010033664 Panic attack Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 208000028017 Psychotic disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 229960003920 cocaine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000123 paper Substances 0.000 description 6
- 208000019899 phobic disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000862 serotonergic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000005062 synaptic transmission Effects 0.000 description 6
- ZHXUWDPHUQHFOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dibromopyridine Chemical compound BrC1=CC=C(Br)N=C1 ZHXUWDPHUQHFOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000020925 Bipolar disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 206010012335 Dependence Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000019695 Migraine disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000000935 antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 5
- YCCXQARVHOPWFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;ethane;chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[CH2-]C YCCXQARVHOPWFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 5
- 206010027599 migraine Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 5
- 208000028173 post-traumatic stress disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 206010036596 premature ejaculation Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 5
- SNICXCGAKADSCV-JTQLQIEISA-N (-)-Nicotine Chemical compound CN1CCC[C@H]1C1=CC=CN=C1 SNICXCGAKADSCV-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000000362 1H--1H nuclear Overhauser enhancement spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000036864 Attention deficit/hyperactivity disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010012374 Depressed mood Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000026331 Disruptive, Impulse Control, and Conduct disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- OHCQJHSOBUTRHG-KGGHGJDLSA-N FORSKOLIN Chemical compound O=C([C@@]12O)C[C@](C)(C=C)O[C@]1(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1[C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)CCC1(C)C OHCQJHSOBUTRHG-KGGHGJDLSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000011688 Generalised anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000019022 Mood disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- DPWPWRLQFGFJFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pargyline Chemical compound C#CCN(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 DPWPWRLQFGFJFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010036618 Premenstrual syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propionic acid Chemical compound CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 206010043118 Tardive Dyskinesia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000000323 Tourette Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000016620 Tourette disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000007000 age related cognitive decline Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 208000015802 attention deficit-hyperactivity disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229940049706 benzodiazepine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000001557 benzodiazepines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000011260 co-administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 206010061428 decreased appetite Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000029364 generalized anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000024714 major depressive disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 4
- 229960002715 nicotine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- SNICXCGAKADSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N nicotine Natural products CN1CCCC1C1=CC=CN=C1 SNICXCGAKADSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960001779 pargyline Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000306 recurrent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000000980 schizophrenia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium periodate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]I(=O)(=O)=O JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BPXKZEMBEZGUAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethoxy)ethyl-trimethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)CCOCCl BPXKZEMBEZGUAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JWUJQDFVADABEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyltetrahydrofuran Chemical compound CC1CCCO1 JWUJQDFVADABEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000040125 5-hydroxytryptamine receptor family Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091032151 5-hydroxytryptamine receptor family Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010001297 Adjustment disorder with depressed mood Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010002650 Anorexia nervosa and bulimia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 3
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diisopropyl ether Chemical compound CC(C)OC(C)C ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000017701 Endocrine disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000019454 Feeding and Eating disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000001613 Gambling Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010019233 Headaches Diseases 0.000 description 3
- GVGLGOZIDCSQPN-PVHGPHFFSA-N Heroin Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H](C=C[C@H]23)OC(C)=O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4OC(C)=O GVGLGOZIDCSQPN-PVHGPHFFSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000023105 Huntington disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 208000026139 Memory disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 3
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-diisopropylethylamine Substances CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010034158 Pathological gambling Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000013738 Sleep Initiation and Maintenance disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 206010047163 Vasospasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000022531 anorexia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229940005513 antidepressants Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000022804 avoidant personality disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960002069 diamorphine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylformamide Substances CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003821 enantio-separation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 231100000869 headache Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 208000031424 hyperprolactinemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000002631 hypothermal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010022437 insomnia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Substances [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000004899 motility Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000015238 neurotic disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000004031 partial agonist Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000022821 personality disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- DDBREPKUVSBGFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenobarbital Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C1(CC)C(=O)NC(=O)NC1=O DDBREPKUVSBGFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960002695 phenobarbital Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000002287 radioligand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000012672 seasonal affective disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 3
- KQKPFRSPSRPDEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N sumatriptan Chemical compound CNS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=C2NC=C(CCN(C)C)C2=C1 KQKPFRSPSRPDEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960003708 sumatriptan Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 3
- CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)C CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- AHOUBRCZNHFOSL-YOEHRIQHSA-N (+)-Casbol Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1[C@H]1[C@H](COC=2C=C3OCOC3=CC=2)CNCC1 AHOUBRCZNHFOSL-YOEHRIQHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FDKREDRFVJBUCR-BKCZMFJTSA-N (3r)-1-[6-[(4s,5s)-4-ethyl-5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl]pyridin-3-yl]-3-[[2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl]methyl]pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound C=1C=C(N2C([C@H](CC=3C(=CC=CC=3)N3CCN(C)CC3)CC2)=O)C=NC=1[C@]1(CC)OC(=O)O[C@H]1C FDKREDRFVJBUCR-BKCZMFJTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTHCYVBBDHJXIQ-MRXNPFEDSA-N (R)-fluoxetine Chemical compound O([C@H](CCNC)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 RTHCYVBBDHJXIQ-MRXNPFEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KNKVRVLSJVIXQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[6-(3-hydroxypentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-3-[[2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl]methyl]pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical class C1=NC(C(O)(CC)CC)=CC=C1N1C(=O)C(CC=2C(=CC=CC=2)N2CCN(C)CC2)CC1 KNKVRVLSJVIXQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ASXGJMSKWNBENU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-OH-DPAT Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=C2CC(N(CCC)CCC)CCC2=C1 ASXGJMSKWNBENU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010001296 Adjustment disorder with anxiety Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000031091 Amnestic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000036640 Asperger disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000006062 Asperger syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010003805 Autism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000020706 Autistic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 244000025254 Cannabis sativa Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000012766 Cannabis sativa ssp. sativa var. sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000012765 Cannabis sativa ssp. sativa var. spontanea Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 206010008025 Cerebellar ataxia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010009094 Chronic paroxysmal hemicrania Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 208000006561 Cluster Headache Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010010904 Convulsion Diseases 0.000 description 2
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- SUZLHDUTVMZSEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Deoxycoleonol Natural products C12C(=O)CC(C)(C=C)OC2(C)C(OC(=O)C)C(O)C2C1(C)C(O)CCC2(C)C SUZLHDUTVMZSEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000030814 Eating disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000001640 Fibromyalgia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000001836 Firesetting Behavior Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 2
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000030990 Impulse-control disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010061216 Infarction Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010022998 Irritability Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 206010028403 Mutism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DRBBFCLWYRJSJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-phosphocreatine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(C)C(=N)NP(O)(O)=O DRBBFCLWYRJSJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010028813 Nausea Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 208000027089 Parkinsonian disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010034010 Parkinsonism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- AHOUBRCZNHFOSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Paroxetine hydrochloride Natural products C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C1C(COC=2C=C3OCOC3=CC=2)CNCC1 AHOUBRCZNHFOSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000009916 Postpartum depression Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000027030 Premenstrual dysphoric disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000001431 Psychomotor Agitation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010039917 Selective mutism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000000810 Separation Anxiety Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 208000033039 Somatisation disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000027520 Somatoform disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010066218 Stress Urinary Incontinence Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000011962 Substance-induced mood disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 231100000395 Substance-induced mood disorder Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000023655 Tic Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000030886 Traumatic Brain injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000004810 Vascular dementia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 208000012826 adjustment disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008485 antagonism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001430 anti-depressive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000939 antiparkinson agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002249 anxiolytic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000949 anxiolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940005530 anxiolytics Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000001502 aryl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 208000029560 autism spectrum disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000014679 binge eating disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000028683 bipolar I disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- AZWXAPCAJCYGIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-methylpropyl)alumane Chemical compound CC(C)C[AlH]CC(C)C AZWXAPCAJCYGIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000009529 body temperature measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- MCQRPQCQMGVWIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;methylsulfanylmethane Chemical compound [B].CSC MCQRPQCQMGVWIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011111 cardboard Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010007776 catatonia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000007910 chewable tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- KRVSOGSZCMJSLX-UHFFFAOYSA-L chromic acid Substances O[Cr](O)(=O)=O KRVSOGSZCMJSLX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 208000021703 chronic tic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000018912 cluster headache syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- OHCQJHSOBUTRHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N colforsin Natural products OC12C(=O)CC(C)(C=C)OC1(C)C(OC(=O)C)C(O)C1C2(C)C(O)CCC1(C)C OHCQJHSOBUTRHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 2
- NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dess–martin periodinane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2I(OC(=O)C)(OC(C)=O)(OC(C)=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AQIXEPGDORPWBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl carbinol Natural products CCC(O)CC AQIXEPGDORPWBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisobutylaluminium hydride Substances CC(C)C[Al]CC(C)C SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000014632 disordered eating Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000002173 dizziness Diseases 0.000 description 2
- VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dopamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010015037 epilepsy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-BYPYZUCNSA-N ethyl (2S)-lactate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)[C@H](C)O LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960002464 fluoxetine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- CJOFXWAVKWHTFT-XSFVSMFZSA-N fluvoxamine Chemical compound COCCCC\C(=N/OCCN)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 CJOFXWAVKWHTFT-XSFVSMFZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004038 fluvoxamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AWJWCTOOIBYHON-UHFFFAOYSA-N furo[3,4-b]pyrazine-5,7-dione Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=N1 AWJWCTOOIBYHON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 208000037870 generalized anxiety Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000380 hallucinogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011597 hartley guinea pig Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005570 heteronuclear single quantum coherence Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001320 hippocampus Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003326 hypnotic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000147 hypnotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000001881 impotence Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007574 infarction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000021267 infertility disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000015046 intermittent explosive disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940125425 inverse agonist Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010023461 kleptomania Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GDOPTJXRTPNYNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl-cyclopentane Natural products CC1CCCC1 GDOPTJXRTPNYNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000008693 nausea Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005016 nuclear Overhauser enhanced spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940005483 opioid analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- KJIFKLIQANRMOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxidanium;4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound O.CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 KJIFKLIQANRMOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960002296 paroxetine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 208000007777 paroxysmal Hemicrania Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- JNEHELHRDRBJNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentan-3-ol Chemical compound C[CH]C(O)CC JNEHELHRDRBJNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011533 pre-incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000020016 psychiatric disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000004645 pyromania Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940125723 sedative agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000932 sedative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000025874 separation anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000007958 sleep Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000019116 sleep disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000000587 small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000016994 somatization disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000022170 stress incontinence Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000003523 substantia nigra Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- UQCWXKSHRQJGPH-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylazanium;fluoride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[F-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC UQCWXKSHRQJGPH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 208000016686 tic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000009529 traumatic brain injury Effects 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 208000002271 trichotillomania Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000019553 vascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 2
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N (-)-norepinephrine Chemical compound NC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LIEYNOJBDICZQM-LURJTMIESA-N (2s)-2-hydroxy-1-morpholin-4-ylpropan-1-one Chemical compound C[C@H](O)C(=O)N1CCOCC1 LIEYNOJBDICZQM-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- AJHMPEOIORQCKO-PIVQAISJSA-N (2s)-3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(phenylmethoxymethoxy)pentan-3-ol Chemical compound O([C@@H](C)C(O)(CC)C=1N=CC(Br)=CC=1)COCC1=CC=CC=C1 AJHMPEOIORQCKO-PIVQAISJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCULQIXSFPKEFN-HKALDPMFSA-N (2s)-3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxypentan-3-ol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)O[C@@H](C)C(O)(CC)C1=CC=C(Br)C=N1 ZCULQIXSFPKEFN-HKALDPMFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZESPYSMNXKSGDH-CWQZNGJJSA-N (2s)-3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-phenylmethoxypentan-3-ol Chemical compound O([C@@H](C)C(O)(CC)C=1N=CC(Br)=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC=C1 ZESPYSMNXKSGDH-CWQZNGJJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNXIKVLOVZVMQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3beta,16beta,17alpha,18beta,20alpha)-17-hydroxy-11-methoxy-18-[(3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoyl)oxy]-yohimban-16-carboxylic acid, methyl ester Natural products C1C2CN3CCC(C4=CC=C(OC)C=C4N4)=C4C3CC2C(C(=O)OC)C(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 DNXIKVLOVZVMQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBJVUOWVSOENGD-AHRWMNNESA-N (3r)-1-[6-(2,3-dihydroxypentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl]-3-[[2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl]methyl]pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound C1=NC(C(O)(C(C)O)CC)=CC=C1N1C(=O)[C@H](CC=2C(=CC=CC=2)N2CCN(C)CC2)CC1 DBJVUOWVSOENGD-AHRWMNNESA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBJVUOWVSOENGD-ZVOVDXHFSA-N (3r)-1-[6-[(2s,3r)-2,3-dihydroxypentan-3-yl]pyridin-3-yl]-3-[[2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl]methyl]pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound C1=NC([C@@](O)([C@H](C)O)CC)=CC=C1N1C(=O)[C@H](CC=2C(=CC=CC=2)N2CCN(C)CC2)CC1 DBJVUOWVSOENGD-ZVOVDXHFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)C(F)(F)Cl DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000000180 1,2-diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DZAANUYJOGCNLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(4-chlorophenyl)propan-2-ylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CC(N)CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 DZAANUYJOGCNLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDYRIGIBUWJCMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(7-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)piperazine Chemical compound C12=CC(OC)=CC=C2C=CC=C1N1CCNCC1 XDYRIGIBUWJCMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002223 1H--13C heteronuclear multiple bond coherence Methods 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LIEYNOJBDICZQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-1-morpholin-4-ylpropan-1-one Chemical compound CC(O)C(=O)N1CCOCC1 LIEYNOJBDICZQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFCNTYBPPAQCRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(2-aminoethyl)-3h-indol-5-ol Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2C(CCN)C=NC2=C1 OFCNTYBPPAQCRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFDNNYPJMOZSMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)methyl]-n-(3-nitro-2h-pyridin-3-yl)-1h-indol-5-amine Chemical compound CN1CCCC1CC(C1=C2)=CNC1=CC=C2NC1([N+]([O-])=O)C=CC=NC1 FFDNNYPJMOZSMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-carboxy-2,3-dihydroxypropanoate Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GLQPTZAAUROJMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)benzaldehyde Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 GLQPTZAAUROJMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDCYZAJDBXYCGN-VIFPVBQESA-N 5-hydroxy-L-tryptophan Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 LDCYZAJDBXYCGN-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940000681 5-hydroxytryptophan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XKFPYPQQHFEXRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-N'-(phenylmethyl)-3-isoxazolecarbohydrazide Chemical compound O1C(C)=CC(C(=O)NNCC=2C=CC=CC=2)=N1 XKFPYPQQHFEXRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019489 Almond oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000027559 Appetite disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006096 Attention Deficit Disorder with Hyperactivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000006474 Brain Ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032841 Bulimia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010006550 Bulimia nervosa Diseases 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000218236 Cannabis Species 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N Carbon-14 Chemical compound [14C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010008120 Cerebral ischaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010008479 Chest Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000019888 Circadian rhythm sleep disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000207199 Citrus Species 0.000 description 1
- GDLIGKIOYRNHDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Clomipramine Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2N(CCCN(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C21 GDLIGKIOYRNHDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004420 Creatine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010042126 Creatine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-LLEIAEIESA-N D-glucaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-LLEIAEIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HCYAFALTSJYZDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Desimpramine Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2N(CCCNC)C2=CC=CC=C21 HCYAFALTSJYZDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004338 Dichlorodifluoromethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- BUDQDWGNQVEFAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydropyran Chemical compound C1COC=CC1 BUDQDWGNQVEFAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007590 Disorders of Excessive Somnolence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000059 Dyspnea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010013975 Dyspnoeas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010056465 Food craving Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002907 Guar gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101001047090 Homo sapiens Potassium voltage-gated channel subfamily H member 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001010792 Homo sapiens Transcriptional regulator ERG Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000008454 Hyperhidrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010020651 Hyperkinesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000269 Hyperkinesis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006083 Hypokinesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isocaffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N(C)C=N2 LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000001456 Jet Lag Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WTDRDQBEARUVNC-LURJTMIESA-N L-DOPA Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 WTDRDQBEARUVNC-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTDRDQBEARUVNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-Dopa Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 WTDRDQBEARUVNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019759 Maize starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JLVHTNZNKOSCNB-YSVLISHTSA-N Mesulergine Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@@H](CN(C)[C@@H]2C2)NS(=O)(=O)N(C)C)=C3C2=CN(C)C3=C1 JLVHTNZNKOSCNB-YSVLISHTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Metaphosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RLJFTICUTYVZDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methiothepine Chemical compound C12=CC(SC)=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C2CC1N1CCN(C)CC1 RLJFTICUTYVZDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940123685 Monoamine oxidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000005314 Multi-Infarct Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000008238 Muscle Spasticity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010049816 Muscle tightness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 244000061176 Nicotiana tabacum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002637 Nicotiana tabacum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PHVGLTMQBUFIQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nortryptiline Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2C(=CCCNC)C2=CC=CC=C21 PHVGLTMQBUFIQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010033557 Palpitations Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RMUCZJUITONUFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenelzine Chemical compound NNCCC1=CC=CC=C1 RMUCZJUITONUFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100022807 Potassium voltage-gated channel subfamily H member 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010037211 Psychomotor hyperactivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010037213 Psychomotor retardation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LCQMZZCPPSWADO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Reserpilin Natural products COC(=O)C1COCC2CN3CCc4c([nH]c5cc(OC)c(OC)cc45)C3CC12 LCQMZZCPPSWADO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QEVHRUUCFGRFIF-SFWBKIHZSA-N Reserpine Natural products O=C(OC)[C@@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@H](OC(=O)c2cc(OC)c(OC)c(OC)c2)C[C@H]2[C@@H]1C[C@H]1N(C2)CCc2c3c([nH]c12)cc(OC)cc3 QEVHRUUCFGRFIF-SFWBKIHZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010038743 Restlessness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BKRGVLQUQGGVSM-KBXCAEBGSA-N Revanil Chemical compound C1=CC(C=2[C@H](N(C)C[C@H](C=2)NC(=O)N(CC)CC)C2)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 BKRGVLQUQGGVSM-KBXCAEBGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010039966 Senile dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001880 Sexual dysfunction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000013200 Stress disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003639 Student–Newman–Keuls (SNK) method Methods 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000031674 Traumatic Acute Stress disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010044565 Tremor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940123445 Tricyclic antidepressant Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010047700 Vomiting Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000030621 adenylate cyclase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060000200 adenylate cyclase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008168 almond oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000836 amitriptyline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KRMDCWKBEZIMAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N amitriptyline Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2C(=CCCN(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C21 KRMDCWKBEZIMAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000002426 animal phobia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940125709 anorectic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125684 antimigraine agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002282 antimigraine agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003420 antiserotonin agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002830 appetite depressant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000010 aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 206010003119 arrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000006254 arylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000025748 atypical depressive disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940125717 barbiturate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000013404 behavioral symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003542 behavioural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BNQDCRGUHNALGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benserazide Chemical compound OCC(N)C(=O)NNCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1O BNQDCRGUHNALGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000911 benserazide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012216 bentonite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000030963 borderline personality disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004958 brain cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- OZVBMTJYIDMWIL-AYFBDAFISA-N bromocriptine Chemical compound C1=CC(C=2[C@H](N(C)C[C@@H](C=2)C(=O)N[C@]2(C(=O)N3[C@H](C(N4CCC[C@H]4[C@]3(O)O2)=O)CC(C)C)C(C)C)C2)=C3C2=C(Br)NC3=C1 OZVBMTJYIDMWIL-AYFBDAFISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002802 bromocriptine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005587 bubbling Effects 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- GTXRYQGMNAPQDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl-chloro-diphenylsilane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1[Si](Cl)(CCCC)C1=CC=CC=C1 GTXRYQGMNAPQDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001948 caffeine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1C=CN2C VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Inorganic materials [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960004205 carbidopa Drugs 0.000 description 1
- TZFNLOMSOLWIDK-JTQLQIEISA-N carbidopa (anhydrous) Chemical compound NN[C@@](C(O)=O)(C)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 TZFNLOMSOLWIDK-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004424 carbon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003729 cation exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940023913 cation exchange resins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012832 cell culture technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000015114 central nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000013339 cereals Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010008118 cerebral infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000020971 citrus fruits Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004606 clomipramine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000010877 cognitive disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000009508 confectionery Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005100 correlation spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019788 craving Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000026725 cyclothymic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003954 decarboxylase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000779 depleting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003914 desipramine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- AAOVKJBEBIDNHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N diazepam Chemical compound N=1CC(=O)N(C)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1 AAOVKJBEBIDNHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019404 dichlorodifluoromethane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940042935 dichlorodifluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940087091 dichlorotetrafluoroethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007907 direct compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- VFNGKCDDZUSWLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N disulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)OS(O)(=O)=O VFNGKCDDZUSWLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002994 dofetilide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003638 dopamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003136 dopamine receptor stimulating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003291 dopaminomimetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001393 dosulepin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005426 doxepin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ODQWQRRAPPTVAG-GZTJUZNOSA-N doxepin Chemical compound C1OC2=CC=CC=C2C(=C/CCN(C)C)/C2=CC=CC=C21 ODQWQRRAPPTVAG-GZTJUZNOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007908 dry granulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010013932 dyslexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001544 dysphoric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079360 enema for constipation Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001667 episodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004634 feeding behavior Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013312 flour Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940050410 gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010417 guar gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000665 guar gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002154 guar gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000013029 homogenous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003840 hydrochlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008172 hydrogenated vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940071870 hydroiodic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002440 hydroxy compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010020765 hypersomnia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003483 hypokinetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001077 hypotensive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004801 imipramine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BCGWQEUPMDMJNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N imipramine Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2N(CCCN(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C21 BCGWQEUPMDMJNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010021654 increased appetite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002844 iprindole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PLIGPBGDXASWPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N iprindole Chemical compound C1CCCCCC2=C1N(CCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C12 PLIGPBGDXASWPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002672 isocarboxazid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JMMWKPVZQRWMSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropanol acetate Natural products CC(C)OC(C)=O JMMWKPVZQRWMSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940011051 isopropyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GWYFCOCPABKNJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N isovaleric acid Chemical compound CC(C)CC(O)=O GWYFCOCPABKNJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000033915 jet lag type circadian rhythm sleep disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004502 levodopa Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005567 liquid scintillation counting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003587 lisuride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002813 lofepramine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SAPNXPWPAUFAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lofepramine Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2CCC2=CC=CC=C2N1CCCN(C)CC(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 SAPNXPWPAUFAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000029849 luteinization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000003995 melancholia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950008693 mesulergine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LPEKGGXMPWTOCB-GSVOUGTGSA-N methyl (R)-lactate Chemical compound COC(=O)[C@@H](C)O LPEKGGXMPWTOCB-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002899 monoamine oxidase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036651 mood Effects 0.000 description 1
- FUAXXSWWKCVWMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dipropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-amine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N(CCC)CCC)CCCC2=C1 FUAXXSWWKCVWMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002790 naphthalenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003880 negative regulation of appetite Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003176 neuroleptic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000701 neuroleptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005015 neuronal process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000025319 neurotic depression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N norepinephrine Natural products NCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002748 norepinephrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000966 norepinephrine reuptake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001158 nortriptyline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008203 oral pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LDCYZAJDBXYCGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxitriptan Natural products C1=C(O)C=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 LDCYZAJDBXYCGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012858 packaging process Methods 0.000 description 1
- WLJNZVDCPSBLRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pamoic acid Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(CC=3C4=CC=CC=C4C=C(C=3O)C(=O)O)=C(O)C(C(O)=O)=CC2=C1 WLJNZVDCPSBLRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011087 paperboard Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003182 parenteral nutrition solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- YYPWGCZOLGTTER-MZMPZRCHSA-N pergolide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2[C@H]3C[C@@H](CSC)CN(CCC)[C@@H]3CC3=CN=C1[C]32 YYPWGCZOLGTTER-MZMPZRCHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004851 pergolide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- JTJMJGYZQZDUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phencyclidine Chemical compound C1CCCCN1C1(C=2C=CC=CC=2)CCCCC1 JTJMJGYZQZDUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950010883 phencyclidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000964 phenelzine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950007002 phosphocreatine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920006316 polyvinylpyrrolidine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008092 positive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013105 post hoc analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001242 postsynaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019814 powdered cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003124 powdered cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003518 presynaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003138 primary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical class CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003223 protective agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002601 protriptyline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BWPIARFWQZKAIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N protriptyline Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC=CC=C2C(CCCNC)C2=CC=CC=C21 BWPIARFWQZKAIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005495 pyridazyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GRJJQCWNZGRKAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-1-ium;fluoride Chemical compound F.C1=CC=NC=C1 GRJJQCWNZGRKAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001698 pyrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003653 radioligand binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- CBQGYUDMJHNJBX-RTBURBONSA-N reboxetine Chemical compound CCOC1=CC=CC=C1O[C@H](C=1C=CC=CC=1)[C@@H]1OCCNC1 CBQGYUDMJHNJBX-RTBURBONSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003770 reboxetine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001525 receptor binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- BJOIZNZVOZKDIG-MDEJGZGSSA-N reserpine Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H]2C[C@@H]3C4=C([C]5C=CC(OC)=CC5=N4)CCN3C[C@H]2C1)C(=O)OC)OC)C(=O)C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 BJOIZNZVOZKDIG-MDEJGZGSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003147 reserpine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- MDMGHDFNKNZPAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N roserpine Natural products C1C2CN3CCC(C4=CC=C(OC)C=C4N4)=C4C3CC2C(OC(C)=O)C(OC)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 MDMGHDFNKNZPAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003752 saphenous vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009738 saturating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000022610 schizoaffective disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000565 sealant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003333 secondary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003727 serotonin 1A antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004002 serotonin 1B agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003660 sertraline hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000872 sexual dysfunction Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000013220 shortness of breath Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000020685 sleep-wake disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000018198 spasticity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035900 sweating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000225 synapse Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007916 tablet composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000028016 temperature homeostasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl(dimethyl)silicon Chemical group C[Si](C)C(C)(C)C ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)Cl BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003527 tetrahydropyrans Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003354 tissue distribution assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019505 tobacco product Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PHTUQLWOUWZIMZ-GZTJUZNOSA-N trans-dothiepin Chemical compound C1SC2=CC=CC=C2C(=C/CCN(C)C)/C2=CC=CC=C21 PHTUQLWOUWZIMZ-GZTJUZNOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 1
- CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichlorofluoromethane Chemical compound FC(Cl)(Cl)Cl CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940029284 trichlorofluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003029 tricyclic antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002431 trimipramine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZSCDBOWYZJWBIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimipramine Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2N(CC(CN(C)C)C)C2=CC=CC=C21 ZSCDBOWYZJWBIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XREXPQGDOPQPAH-QKUPJAQQSA-K trisodium;[(z)-18-[1,3-bis[[(z)-12-sulfonatooxyoctadec-9-enoyl]oxy]propan-2-yloxy]-18-oxooctadec-9-en-7-yl] sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].CCCCCCC(OS([O-])(=O)=O)C\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CC(CCCCCC)OS([O-])(=O)=O)COC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CC(CCCCCC)OS([O-])(=O)=O XREXPQGDOPQPAH-QKUPJAQQSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000000825 ultraviolet detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940072690 valium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002618 waking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000016261 weight loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005550 wet granulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/61—Halogen atoms or nitro radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D405/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F7/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 4 or 14 of the Periodic Table
- C07F7/02—Silicon compounds
- C07F7/08—Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages
- C07F7/18—Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages as well as one or more C—O—Si linkages
- C07F7/1804—Compounds having Si-O-C linkages
Definitions
- the present invention is related to the preparation of 1 -[6-(1 -ethyl-1 ,2- dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yi]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one (referred herein as compound of formula (I)), the intermediates thereof, and the synthesized 1 ,2-dihydroxy compounds, wherein the 1 ,2-dihydroxy substituents are any of the four diastereomers selected from (R 1 R), (R,S), (S,R), and (S 1 S), wherein the C-3 of the pyrrolidin-2-one is (R) or (S), pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, solvates thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
- the synthesized compounds of the present invention bind at one or both of the 5-HT 1A and 5-HTIB (formerly classified 5-HT 1 D) receptors.
- Said compounds are metabolites of 1-[6-(1- Ethyl-1-hydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2- one, a selective 5HTi B antagonist.
- the active metabolites are useful in treating depression, anxiety, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) and other disorders for which a 5-HTi agonist or antagonist is indicated and have reduced potential for cardiac side effects, in particular, QTc prolongation.
- 5-HT 1A and 5-HT 1B receptors are useful in treating hypertension, all forms of depression (e.g., depression in cancer patients, depression in Parkinson's patients, postmyocardial infarction depression, subsyndromal symptomatic depression, depression in infertile women, pediatric depression, major depressive disorder, single episode depression, recurrent depression, child abuse induced depression, post partum depression, dysthymia; mild, moderate, or severe depressions with or without atypical features, melancholic features, psychotic features, catatonic features; seasonal affective disorder, geriatric depression, chronic depression; adjustment disorder with depressed mood or with anxiety and depressed mood; mixed anxiety and depression; substance induced mood disorder; and mood disorder secondary to a general medical condition), bipolar disorder (including in the depressed phase), generalized anxiety disorder, social anxiety, separation anxiety disorder, phobias (e.g., agoraphobia, social phobia and simple phobias), posttraumatic stress syndrome, avoidant personality disorder, premature ejaculation, eating disorders (e.g.,
- European Patent Publication 434,561 published on June 26, 1991 , refers to 7- alkyl, alkoxy, and hydroxy substituted-1-(4-substituted-1-piperazinyl)-naphthalenes.
- the compounds are referred to as 5-HT 1 agonists and antagonists useful for the treatment of migraine, depression, anxiety, schizophrenia, stress and pain.
- European Patent Publication 343,050 published on November 23, 1989, refers to 7-unsubstituted, halogenated, and methoxy substituted-1-(4-substituted-1-piper- azinyl)-naphthalenes as useful 5-HT 1A ligand therapeutics.
- PCT publication WO 94/21619 published September 29, 1994, refers to naphthalene derivatives as 5-HTi agonists and antagonists.
- World Patent Application WO 95/31988 published November 30, 1995, refers to the use of a 5-HTID antagonist in combination with a 5-HT 1A antagonist to treat CNS disorders such as depression, generalized anxiety, panic disorder, agoraphobia, social phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, memory disorders, anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa, Parkinson's disease, tardive dyskinesias, endocrine disorders such as hyperprolactinaemia, vasospasm (particularly in the cerebral vasculature) and hypertension, disorders of the gastrointestinal tract where changes in motility and secretion are involved, as well as sexual dysfunction.
- CNS disorders such as depression, generalized anxiety, panic disorder, agoraphobia, social phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, memory disorders, anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa
- Parkinson's disease tardive dyskines
- European Patent Publication 666,261 published August 9, 1995, refers to thiazine and thiomorpholine derivatives which are claimed to be useful for the treatment of cataracts.
- US Published App. No. 2005-0245521A1 published November 3, 2005 refers to novel benzyl(idene)-lactam derivatives.
- the compounds are referred to as selective antagonists, inverse agonists and partial agonists of serotonin 1 (5-HT 1 ) receptors and as being useful in treating depression, anxiety, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) and other disorders.
- Klapars, et al discuss a general and efficient copper catalyst for the amidation of aryl halides and the N-arylation of nitrogen hetercycles in J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2001 , 123, 7727-7729.
- Klapars, et al discuss a general and efficient copper catalyst for the amidation of aryl halides in J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2002, 124, 7421-7428.
- the present invention is related to the stereospecific preparation of 1-[6-(1- ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]- pyrrolidin-2-one: formula (I):
- the invention also concerns the intermediates thereof of the compound of formula (I).
- Another aspect of the invention relates to 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy- propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one, wherein the carbon atoms having the 1 ,2-dihydroxy substituents are any of the four diastereomers selected from (R,R), (R 1 S), (S, R), and (S,S), wherein the C-3 of the pyrrolidin-2-one (identified as "a” herein) is (R) or (S), pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, solvates thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
- Another aspect of the present invention includes the preparation of (2S)-2-((2-
- Yet another aspect of the present invention includes the preparation of (2S)-3-(5- bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)pentan-3-ol, (2S)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(5- bromopyridin-2-yl)pentan-3-ol, and (2S)-2-(benzyloxymethoxy)-3-(5-bromopyridin-2- yl)pentan-3-ol from (S)-methyl lactate.
- Another aspect of the present invention includes the stereospecific preparation or 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)- benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one starting with (S)-ethyl lactate rather than (S)-methyl lactate to obtain the respective intermediates using procedures discussed herein, making non- critical changes.
- Another aspect of the present invention includes the intermediates that are compounds of formula 1-ia:
- P is as described for formula 1-ia, and the processes to prepare them.
- Appropriate protecting groups are known to those in the art. See, e.g., Green and Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Third Ed., Wiley & Sons, 1999.
- Non-limiting examples of appropriate protecting groups include any one of the following:
- CrC 4 alkyl optionally substituted as valency allows with -oxyCrC 4 alkyl, nitro, -oxybenzyl optionally substituted on phenyl of the benzyl with up to 3 substituents independently selected from -oxyCrC 4 alkyl further substituted with silyl further substituted with CrC 4 alkyl as valency allows;
- C5-C 6 heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with Ci-C 4 alkyl; benzyl optionally substituted on phenyl of the benzyl with up to 3 substituents independently selected from Ci-C 3 alkyl, -oxyCi-C 4 alkyl, or nitro; or silyl substituted as valency allows with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of CrC 4 alkyl, phenyl, and -oxyCi-C 4 alkyl.
- Non-limiting, specitific examples of appropriate protecting groups include: methoxymethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, tert-butyl, tert-butoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl, allyl, triethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyran, tetrahydro-2H-furan, 4- methoxybenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl, (2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl, te/f-butyldiphenylsilyl, te/t-butyldimethylsilyl, benzyl, benzyloxymethyl, 1-[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]ethyl, and tert-butoxydiphenylsilyl.
- the present invention includes any one step individually or any combination of any of the individual steps discussed herein.
- the present invention includes all intermediates discussed herein and final compounds discussed herein and processes to prepare them.
- the invention relates to 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2- dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one having formula (I) as discussed herein.
- the compound of formula I can, without specifying stereochemistry, be named 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]- 3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one.
- the compound of formula I is (3R) 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl- piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one.
- the compound of formula I is (3R) 1 -[6-(1 -ethyl-2(S)-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 - yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one.
- the compound of formula I is (3R) 1 -[6-(1 -ethyl-(1 (R),2(S))-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 - yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one or (3R) 1-[6-(1-ethyl-(1 (S),2(S))-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)- pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one.
- the compound of formula I is (3R) 1-[6-(1-ethyl-(1 (R),2(S))-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)- pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one.
- a compound of formula I is named with specific stereochemistry assigned, it is substantially free of any other isomer, meaning that the compound is at least at least 98% pure, preferably at least 99%. The degree of purity is for the compound after preparation and purification but before preparing any pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for administration, which could include excipients and other pharmaceutically acceptable material.
- the invention includes the preparation of compounds of formula I.
- the following schemes discuss the routes by which the stereospecific synthesis of 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin- 1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one can be completed.
- the stereochemistry of carbon-3 of pyrrolidin-one is presented as (R) for presentation purposes only and is not meant to limit the scope of the invention.
- 1 ,2-di hydroxy compounds required much work to discover an acceptable synthetic route.
- 1 ,2-Diols are generally prepared from epoxides, starting from olefins. Unfortunately, attempts to make the epoxide from the corresponding olefin were unsuccessful. However, a stereoselective synthesis was ultimately discovered.
- the initial starting material is (S)-methyl 2- hydroxypropanoate (also known as (S)-methyl lactate).
- (S)-methyl lactate By using the (S)-methyl lactate, the stereochemistry is fixed for that respective carbon.
- the (R) isomer would be used as the starting material.
- (R)- and (S)-ethyl lactates can be used.
- the (S) methyl lactate is used for discussion purposes. Unless otherwise indicated, reactions conducted at room temperature (RT) are conducted between about 18 to about 25°C. Alkyl and alkoxy groups, containing the requisite number of carbon atoms, can be unbranched or branched.
- halo and “halogen” are used interchangeably and include fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
- heteroaryl is intended to include 5- to 7-membered aromatic heterocyclic groups and includes the non-limiting examples thiophenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, thiazolyl and isothiazolyl, among others.
- Scheme 1 the preparation of the 1,2-dihydroxy compounds is presented using a tetrahydropyran protecting group, starting from (S)-methyl lactate and 3,4- dihydro-2/-/-pyran.
- the alcohol is oxidized to the ketone 1 (e) by known methods such as the Swern or Moffat oxidation, use of TEMPO or Martin's reagent, sodium periodate or chromic acid or other oxidative conditions.
- the ketone is coupled with 5-halo-2-metalopyridine to form a compound of the formula 1(f), preferrably in an aprotic organic solvent.
- the reaction can be conducted as follows:
- Z is Br or I; and X is a halogen with atomic number less than or equal to the selected Z; with (2S)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-one; (b) treating the mixture formed in step (a) with an (CrC 8 )aIkyl lithium compound, preferably n-butyllithium; and
- Patent Application 2005-0245521 incorporated herein by reference.
- the pyrrolidinone and 1 (f) are stirred together in a non-coordinating reaction inert solvent, optionally toluene.
- CuI about 0.05 to 0.2 eq, e.g., about 0.1 eq
- potassium carbonate about 1.5 to 2.5 eq., e.g., about 2 eq.
- N 1 N'- dimethylethylenediamine about 0.05 to 0.5 eq., e.g., about 0.2 eq
- water about 1% to about 10% w/w, e.g., about 5%.
- the reaction mixture is refluxed until analytical methods, e.g., HPLC, indicates that the reaction is complete.
- the product is isolated using standard procedures. 1(h) is obtained using standard procedures to cleave the protecting group.
- 1 (g) could be treated with an acid, e.g., glacial acetic acid (about 30 to 300 eq., e.g., about 155 eq) in water (about 1 :2 v/v for water.acetic acid), and the process can optionally be heated. Standard isolation/purification procedures are also optional if needed.
- 1(i) is obtained by isolating the single enanteomers.
- the four diastereomers can be separated by reverse phase HPLC-chromatography.
- One type of column that separates all of the four diastereomers is Cosmosil PYE 110A, 5 ⁇ m, 4.6x150mm, (Phenomenex Inc.).
- the experimental conditions for the separation were: mobile phase 20% acetonitrile in 80% aqueous buffer (0.5%(v/v) HCIO 4 in water), flow rate 2.00ml_/min, and UV detection at 210nm.
- the separation of 1(i)(a) and 1(i)(b) was obtained using a Chiralpack AD, 10x50cm column eluting with 60% heptane in 40% ethanol with the flow rate of 300 ml/min.
- the approximate elution times were 40min for 1(i)(a) and 85min for 1(i)(b).
- the isolated material exhibited higher than 98% diastereomeric purity.
- the resolved diastereomers are derivatized to carbonates using 1 ,1'- carbonyldiimidazole.
- the compounds are analyzed using numerous NMR techniques, including 1 D proton, 1 D carbon, 1 H- 1 H gradient DQFCOSY (Double Quantum-Filtered correlation SpectroscopY), 1 H- 1 H NOESY (Nuclear Overhauser Enhancement SpectroscopY), 1 H- 13 C multiplicity edited HSQC (Heteronuclear Single Quantum Coherence) and 1 H- 13 C BIRDHMBC (BJIinear Rotation Decoupling-filtered Heteronuclear Multiple Bond Correlation) or 1 H- 13 C multiplicity edited HSQC (Heteronuclear Single Quantum Coherence) and 1 H- 13 C HMBC (Heteronuclear Multiple Bond Correlation).
- Scheme 2 the preparation of the 1 ,2-dihydroxy compounds is obtained from (S)-methyl lactate using
- 2(g) could be treated with fluoride, e.g., tetrabutylammonium fluoride or pyridine-hydrogen fluoride complex (about 1 to 10 eq., e.g., about 4 eq) in tetrahydrofuran or other aprotic solvent and the process can optionally be heated. Standard isolation/purification procedures are also optional if needed.
- fluoride e.g., tetrabutylammonium fluoride or pyridine-hydrogen fluoride complex (about 1 to 10 eq., e.g., about 4 eq) in tetrahydrofuran or other aprotic solvent and the process can optionally be heated. Standard isolation/purification procedures are also optional if needed.
- Steps a through h of Scheme 3 are conducted using the general procedures discussed for Scheme 2.
- the propanal can be obtained directly from the propanoate.
- (S)-methyl lactate can be protected with about 1 to 2 eq of, for example, tert- butyldimethylsilyl chloride in an acceptable solvent, e.g., ⁇ /,/V-dimethylformamide, or 1- methyl-2-pyrrolidinone sufficient to give about a 1 to 3M solution at RT under nitrogen.
- Imidazole (about 1 to 2 eq) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for about 1 to 8 hours, e.g., 4.5 hours.
- Diisopropyl ether, hexanes, isopropyl acetate, ethyl acetate (about 1 to 10 volumes) is added and the product is isolated using an acidic work up, e.g., aqueous hydrochloric acid.
- the propanoate is then mixed with hexanes or with THF, or 2-methyltetrahydrofuran to give a concentration of about 1 to 3 M, cooled below at least -10°C, preferably about -72°C under nitrogen.
- Diisobutylaluminium hydride (about 1 to 2eq, e.g., 1.3 eq as a 1 M solution in hexanes) is added, the reaction stirred for about 30 min to about 4 hours, and allowed to warm up between -10 0 C and RT before saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (e.g., about 6 to 7M) is added.
- saturated aqueous ammonium chloride e.g., about 6 to 7M
- the crude product was isolated and purified by distillation, e.g., the propanal can be collected when boiling at 98-102°C/42mbar. The diol is then obtained following procedures discussed herein starting with the propanal.
- Another alternative route to the diol compounds is by obtaining the protected pentan-3-one from the lactate by first making 2-hydroxy-1-morpholinopropan-1-one from the lactate.
- (S)-Methyl lactate and morpholine (about 1 to 6eq, e.g., about 4eq.) are heated for about 5 to 48h, e.g., about 24 h at about 80 to 120 0 C, e.g., 110°C under nitrogen.
- Excess morpholine is evaporated and the crude product can be isolated by distillation, e.g., collecting fractions boiling at 115 -125°C at ⁇ 1 mbar to give (S)-2-hydroxy-1-morpholinopropan-1-one.
- N 1 N- diisopropylethyl-amine, triethylamine, or sodium carbonate (about 1 to 3 eq., e.g., 1.2 eq) are added to a solvent selected from CH 2 CI 2 , THF, or 2-methyltetrahydrofuran to give a concentration of about 0.5 to 3M (relative to the intermediate) and cooled to about 0°C to about RT under nitrogen.
- (2-(Chloromethoxy)ethyl)-trimethylsilane from about 1 to 1.5 eq, e.g., about 1.2eq.
- RT 2-(Chloromethoxy)ethyl)-trimethylsilane
- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)-propan-1-one is mixed in THF, 2- methyltetrahydrofuran (from about 0.5 to 3 M, e.g., about 1 M) and cooled to about -72 to 0 0 C.
- Ethylmagnesium chloride e.g., about 1 to 3eq., e.g., about 2 eq, it can be used as a 2M solution in THF
- the reaction is stirred for about 15 minutes to about 3h and then allowed to warm-up to -10 to about 0 0 C.
- the present invention includes intermediates that are compounds of formula 1- ia and formula 1-ib and the processes to prepare them.
- P is as described for formula 1-ia; preferrably in an aprotic organic solvent.
- suitable protecting groups for P are discussed herein.
- the pyrrolidinone and 1-ib are stirred together in a non- coordinating reaction inert solvent, optionally toluene.
- a non- coordinating reaction inert solvent optionally toluene.
- CuI about 0.05 to 0.2 eq, e.g., about 0.1 eq
- potassium carbonate about 1.5 to 2.5 eq., e.g., about 2 eq.
- N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine about 0.05 to 0.5 eq., e.g., about 0.2 eq
- water about 1% to about 10% w/w, e.g., about 5%.
- the reaction mixture is refluxed until analytical methods, e.g., HPLC, indicate that the reaction is complete.
- the compound of formula 1-ia is isolated using standard procedures.
- the compound of formula 1-ib can be prepared using known procedures. For example, see US published Patent Application US 2006-0030714, incorporated herein by reference.
- a non-limiting example of preparing the compound of formual 1-ib is as follows:
- Z is Br or I; and X is a halogen with atomic number less than or equal to the selected Z; with an appropriate reactive species to give a compound of formula 1-ia; (b) treating the mixture formed in step (a) with an (CrC 8 )alkyl lithium compound; and
- An appropriate reactive species is a ketone, that when reacted with the dihalopyridine will provide a compound of formula 1-ib.
- Non-limiting examples include (2S)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-one, (S)-2-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)- methoxy)pentan-3-one, or (S)-2-(te/t-butyldiphenylsilyloxy)pentan-3-one.
- the present invention includes all compounds made herein, including intermediates.
- the following schemes and non-limiting examples are offered in illustration of the present invention; they are not to constrain the scope of the same in any way.
- Example 1(b) - (2S)-2-(Tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)propan-1-ol Under a nitrogen atmosphere and with ice water cooling, a solution of 1(a) (136.6g, 726mmol) in 40OmL of diethyl ether was added to a mixture of 1M lithium aluminum hydride (871 mL, 1.2eq. 871mmol) in THF and 50OmL of diethyl ether. This mixture was refluxed 2 hours and allowed to stir and cool to RT overnight.
- Example 1(h) - (R)-3-(2-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S)-2,3- dihydroxypentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one: 1(g) (230mg, 0.429mmol) was dissolved in 2ml_ water / 4mL glacial acetic acid and heated in an oil bath at 45 0 C. After 2 h the solvent was evaporated and the residue chromatographed on silica gel using 97.5:2.5 acetonitrile: 28-30% aqueous ammonium hydroxide as eluent. After solvent evaporation, an oil was obtained.
- the resolved diastereomers were derivatized to carbonates using 1 ,1 '- carbonyldiimidazole as derivatizing agent.
- the 1 H- 1 H NOESY data shows key correlations of H28 to H30 and H32, respectively.
- the 1 H- 1 H NOESY data shows a key correlation between H30 and H33.
- Example 2(b) - (S)-2-((2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)propan-1-ol 2(a) (5.1 Og) was mixed with 2OmL anhydrous THF and 2OmL (40mmol) borane - dimethylsulfide complex, 2M solution in THF, was added dropwise. The reaction solution was refluxed 2 h, allowed to cool to RT and 1 OmL water was added. The solvent was evaporated and the residue partitioned between 5OmL CH 2 CI 2 - 5OmL water, the organic phase was separated and washed with 5OmL water, 5OmL brine, dried with MgSO 4 and filtered through a paper filter. After solvent evaporation, 4.41 g 2(b) was obtained as a colourless liquid.
- Example 2(d) - (2S)-2-((2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)pentan-3-ol Working under N 2 -atm, 6.64mL (1.2eq. 13.3mmol) of 2M ethylmagnesium chloride in THF was combined with 15mL of diethyl ether and cooled to -72°C. A solution of 2.26g (1eq. 1 1.1 mmol) of 2(c) in 2mL of diethyl ether was added dropwise. The resulting suspension was allowed to warm to +O 0 C. After cooling to -25°C, 9ml saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm-up to RT. The layers were separated, the organic phase was washed with 15ml_ brine, dried with MgSO 4 and concentrated yielding 2.71 g of 2(d) as a slightly yellowish liquid.
- Diastereomer 2 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) ⁇ 4.75 (m, 2H), 3.68 (m, 1 H), 3.65
- Diastereomer 1 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) ⁇ 7.66 (m, 4H), 7.37 (m, 6H), 3.72 (m, 1 H), 3.48 (m, 1 H), 1.90 (bs, 1 H), 1.36 (m, 1 H), 1.23 (m, 1 H), 1.06 (s, 9H), 0.97 (d, 3H), 0.83 (t, 3H).
- Diastereomer 2 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) ⁇ 7.66 (m, 4H), 7.37 (m, 6H), 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.27 (m, 1H), 1.90 (bs, 1 H), 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.36 (m, 1H), 1.06 (s, 9H), 0.97 (d, 3H), 0.89 (t, 3H).
- the subject invention also includes isotopically-labeled compounds, which are identical to those shown in formula I among other compounds encompassed by the invention, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
- isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 0, 17 0, 35 S, respectively.
- lsotopically labeled compounds of formula I 1 II, and II' of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures exemplified below or those known in the art.
- the present invention also relates to a method to treat or the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for treating a disorder or condition in a mammal, including a human, selected from depression, anxiety, depression with concomitant anxiety, dysthymia, post traumatic stress disorder, panic phobias, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), OCD with comorbid Tourette's Syndrome, borderline personality disorder, sleep disorder, psychosis, seizures, dyskinesis, symptoms of Huntington's or Parkinson's diseases, spasticity, suppression of seizures resulting from epilepsy, cerebral ischemia, anorexia, faintness attacks, hypokinesia, cranial traumas, chemical dependencies, premature ejaculation, premenstrual syndrome (PMS) associated mood and appetite disorder, inflammatory bowel disease, modification of feeding behavior, blocking carbohydrate cravings, late luteal phase dysphoric disorder, tobacco withdrawal-associated symptoms, panic disorder, bipolar disorder, sleep disorders, jet lag, cognitive dysfunction, hypertension, bulimia,
- the present invention also relates to a method of treating a disorder or condition referred to hereinabove in a mammal, including a human, comprising administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an amount of a compound of the formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, that is effective in treating such disorder or condition.
- the present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for use in treating a disorder or condition referred to hereinabove in a mammal, comprising an amount of a compound of formula I that is effective to provide activity as an antagonist, inverse agonist or partial agonist of 5-HTi B receptors and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the present invention also relates to a method of treating a disorder or condition referred to herein in a mammal, comprising administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an amount of a compound of the formula I that is effective to provide activity as an antagonist, inverse agonist or partial agonist of 5-HTi B receptors.
- depression includes depressive disorders, for example, single episodic or recurrent major depressive disorders, and dysthymic disorders, depressive neurosis, and neurotic depression; melancholic depression including anorexia, weight loss, insomnia and early morning waking, and psychomotor retardation; atypical depression (or reactive depression) including increased appetite, hypersomnia, psychomotor agitation or irritability, anxiety and phobias, seasonal affective disorder, or bipolar disorders or manic depression, for example, bipolar I disorder, bipolar Il disorder and cyclothymic disorder.
- depressive disorders for example, single episodic or recurrent major depressive disorders, and dysthymic disorders, depressive neurosis, and neurotic depression
- melancholic depression including anorexia, weight loss, insomnia and early morning waking, and psychomotor retardation
- atypical depression or reactive depression
- bipolar disorders or manic depression for example, bipolar I disorder, bipolar Il disorder and cyclothymic disorder.
- depression include dysthymic disorder with early or late onset and with or without atypical features; dementia of the Alzheimer's type, with early or late onset, with depressed mood; vascular dementia with depressed mood, disorders induced by alcohol, amphetamines, cocaine, hallucinogens, inhalants, opioids, phencyclidine, sedatives, hypnotics, anxiolytics and other substances; schizoaffective disorder of the depressed type; and adjustment disorder with depressed mood.
- anxiety includes anxiety disorders, such as panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, agoraphobia without history of panic disorder, specific phobias, for example, specific animal phobias, social phobias, obsessive- compulsive disorder, stress disorders including post-traumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder, and generalized anxiety disorders.
- “Generalized anxiety” is typically defined as an extended period (e.g., at least six months) of excessive anxiety or worry with symptoms on most days of that period.
- the anxiety and worry is difficult to control and may be accompanied by restlessness, being easily fatigued, difficulty concentrating, irritability, muscle tension, and disturbed sleep.
- Panic disorder is defined as the presence of recurrent panic attacks followed by at least one month of persistent concern about having another panic attack.
- a “panic attack” is a discrete period in which there is a sudden onset of intense apprehension, fearfulness or terror.
- the individual may experience a variety of symptoms including palpitations, sweating, trembling, shortness of breath, chest pain, nausea and dizziness.
- Panic disorder may occur with or without agoraphobia.
- Phobias includes agoraphobia, specific phobias and social phobias.
- Agoraphobia is characterized by an anxiety about being in places or situations from which escape might be difficult or embarrassing or in which help may not be available in the event of a panic attack. Agoraphobia may occur without history of a panic attack.
- a "specific phobia” is characterized by clinically significant anxiety provoked by feared object or situation.
- Specific phobias include the following subtypes: animal type, cued by animals or insects; natural environment type, cued by objects in the natural environment, for example storms, heights or water; blood-injection-injury type, cued by the sight of blood or an injury or by seeing or receiving an injection or other invasive medical procedure; situational type, cued by a specific situation such as public transportation, tunnels, bridges, elevators, flying, driving or enclosed spaces; and other type where fear is cued by other stimuli.
- Specific phobias may also be referred to as simple phobias.
- a "social phobia” is characterized by clinically significant anxiety provoked by exposure to certain types of social or performance circumstances. Social phobia may also be referred to as social anxiety disorder.
- anxiety disorders encompassed within the term “anxiety” include anxiety disorders induced by alcohol, amphetamines, caffeine, cannabis, cocaine, hallucinogens, inhalants, phencychdine, sedatives, hypnotics, anxiolytics and other substances, and adjustment disorders with anxiety or with mixed anxiety and depression.
- the invention in another practice, relates to a pharmaceutical composition for treating a condition or disorder that can be treated by enhancing serotonergic neurotransmission in a mammal, preferably a human, comprising: a) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; b) a compound of formula I; and c) one or more 5-HT re-uptake inhibitors, preferably sertraline, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein the amount of the active compounds (i.e., the compounds of formula I and the 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor) are such that the combination is effective in treating such disorder or condition.
- a pharmaceutical composition for treating a condition or disorder that can be treated by enhancing serotonergic neurotransmission in a mammal, preferably a human comprising: a) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; b) a compound of formula I; and c) one or more 5-HT re-uptake inhibitors, preferably sertraline, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein the amount of the active compounds (i.e.,
- the invention in another practice, relates to a method for treating a disorder or condition that can be treated by enhancing serotonergic neurotransmission in a mammal, preferably a human, comprising administering to a mammal requiring such treatment: a) a compound of formula I 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and b) one or more 5-HT re-uptake inhibitors, preferably sertraline, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein the amounts of the active compounds (i.e., the compound of formula I and the 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor) are such that the combination is effective in treating such disorder or condition.
- the active compounds i.e., the compound of formula I and the 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor
- the invention in another practice, relates to a method for treating a disorder or condition that can be treated by enhancing serotonergic neurotransmission in a mammal, preferably a human, comprising administering to said mammal requiring such treatment: a) one or more 5-HTi A antagonists or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and b) a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein the amounts of each active compound are such that the combination is effective in treating such disorder or condition.
- the invention in another practice, relates to a pharmaceutical composition for treating a disorder or condition that can be treated by enhancing serotonergic neurotransmission in a mammal, preferably a human, comprising: a) one or more 5-HTi A antagonists or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and b) a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein the amounts of each active compound are such that the combination is effective in treating such disorder or condition.
- Sertraline (1 S-cis)-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-N-methyl-1-naph- thalenamine, as used herein has the following structural formula
- Sertraline hydrochloride is useful as an antidepressant and anorectic agent, and is also useful in the treatment of depression, chemical dependencies, anxiety, obsessive compulsive disorders, phobias, panic disorder, post traumatic stress disorder, and premature ejaculation.
- 1-[6-(1- ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]- pyrrolidin-2-one can be used (either co-administered separately or within the same pharmaceutical composition) in combination with one or more other agents as described hereinabove.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of the compounds of this invention can be formed of the compound itself, or of any of its esters, and include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts which are often used in pharmaceutical chemistry.
- salts can be formed with inorganic or organic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfonic acids including such agents as naphthalenesulfonic, methanesulfonic and toluenesulfonic acids, fumaric acid, citric acid, salicylic acid, oxalic acid, methanesulfonic acid, maleic acid, di-p-toluoyl acid, tartaric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, tartaric acid, pyrosulfuric acid, metaphosphoric acid, succinic acid, formic acid, phthalic acid, lactic acid and the like.
- inorganic or organic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfonic acids including such agents as naphthalenesulfonic, methanesulfonic and toluenesulfonic acids, fumaric acid, citric acid, sal
- the compounds of this invention can be administered in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
- the salts are conveniently formed, as is usual in organic chemistry, by reacting a compound of this invention, when basic, with a suitable acid, such as have been described above.
- the salts are quickly formed in high yields at moderate temperatures, and often are prepared by merely isolating the compound from a suitable acidic wash as the final step of the synthesis.
- the salt-forming acid is dissolved in an appropriate organic solvent, or aqueous organic solvent, such as an alkanol, ketone or ester.
- a compound of this invention is desired in the free base form, it is isolated from a basic final wash step, according to the usual practice.
- a preferred technique for preparing hydrochlorides is to dissolve the free base in a suitable solvent and dry the solution thoroughly, as over molecular sieves, before bubbling hydrogen chloride gas through it.
- the dose of a compound of formula I to be administered to a human is rather widely variable and subject to the judgment of the attending physician. It should be noted that it can be desirable to adjust the dose of a compound when it is administered in the form of a salt, such as a laureate, the salt forming moiety of which has an appreciable molecular weight.
- These compounds are, most desirably, administered in dosages ranging from about 0.25 mg up to about 1500 mg per day, preferably from about 0.25 to about 300 mg per day in single or divided doses, although variations will necessarily occur depending upon the weight and condition of the subject being treated and the particular route of administration chosen. However, a dosage level that is in the range of about 0.01 mg to about 10 mg per kg of body weight per day is most desirably employed. Variations may nevertheless occur depending upon the weight and condition of the persons being treated and their individual responses to said medicament, as well as on the type of pharmaceutical formulation chosen and the time period and interval during which such administration is carried out.
- dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate, while in other cases still larger doses may be employed without causing any harmful side effects, provided that such larger doses are first divided into several small doses for administration throughout the day.
- the amount of compound administered will depend on such factors as the solubility of the active component, the formulation used and the route of administration. The route of administration of the compounds of this invention is not critical.
- compositions can be absorbed from the alimentary tract, however, the compounds can be administered percutaneously, or as suppositories for absorption by the rectum, if desired in a given instance. All of the usual types of compositions can be used, including tablets, chewable tablets, capsules, solutions, parenteral solutions, troches, suppositories and suspensions. Compositions are formulated to contain a daily dose, or a convenient fraction of daily dose, in a dosage unit, which can be a single tablet or capsule or convenient volume of a liquid. Transdermal and oral administration are preferred.
- compositions for use within the present invention can be in the form of sterile, non-pyrogenic liquid solutions or suspensions, coated capsules, suppositories, lyophilized powders, transdermal patches or other forms known in the art.
- Capsules are prepared by mixing the compound with a suitable diluent and filling the proper amount of the mixture in capsules.
- the usual diluents include inert powdered substances such as starch of many different kinds, powdered cellulose, especially crystalline and microcrystalline cellulose, sugars such as fructose, mannitol and sucrose, grain flours and similar edible powders. Tablets are prepared by direct compression, by wet granulation, or by dry granulation. Their formulations usually incorporate diluents, binders, lubricants and disintegrators as well as the compound. Typical diluents include, for example, various types of starch, lactose, mannitol, kaolin, calcium phosphate or sulfate, inorganic salts such as sodium chloride and powdered sugar. Powdered cellulose derivatives are also useful.
- Typical tablet binders are substances such as starch, gelatin and sugars such as lactose, fructose, glucose and the like. Natural and synthetic gums are also convenient, including acacia, alginates, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine and the like. Polyethylene glycol, ethylcellulose and waxes can also serve as binders.
- a lubricant can be added in a tablet formulation to prevent the tablet and punches from sticking in the die.
- the lubricant is chosen from such slippery solids as talc, magnesium and calcium stearate, stearic acid and hydrogenated vegetable oils.
- Tablet disintegrators are substances which facilitate the disintegration of a tablet to release a compound when the tablet becomes wet. They include starches, clays, celluloses, algins and gums, more particularly, corn and potato starches, methylcellulose, agar, bentonite, wood cellulose, powdered natural sponge, cation- exchange resins, alginic acid, guar gum, citrus pulp and carboxymethylcellulose, for example, can be used as well as sodium lauryl sulfate.
- Tablets are often coated with sugar as a flavor and sealant, or with film-forming protecting agents to modify the dissolution properties of the tablet.
- the compounds can also be formulated as chewable tablets, by using large amounts of pleasant- tasting substances such as mannitol in the formulation, as is now well-established in the art.
- Cocoa butter is a traditional suppository base, which can be modified by addition of waxes to raise its melting point slightly.
- Water-miscible suppository bases comprising, particularly, polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights are in wide use.
- a slowly soluble pellet of the compound can be prepared and incorporated in a tablet or capsule.
- the technique can be improved by making pellets of several different dissolution rates and filling capsules with a mixture of the pellets. Tablets or capsules can be coated with a film which resists dissolution for a predictable period of time. Even the parenteral preparations can be made long-acting, by dissolving or suspending the compound in oily or emulsified vehicles which allow it to disperse only slowly in the serum.
- Treating refers to, and includes, reversing, alleviating, inhibiting the progress of, or preventing, a disease, disorder or condition, or one or more symptoms thereof; and, “treatment” and “therapeutically” refer to the act of treating, as defined above.
- Enhanced serotonergic neurotransmission refers to increasing or improving the neuronal process whereby serotonin is released by a pre-synaptic cell upon excitation and crosses the synapse to stimulate or inhibit the post-synaptic cell.
- “Chemical dependency,” as used herein, means an abnormal craving or desire for, or an addiction to a drug. Such drugs are generally administered to the affected individual by any of a variety of means of administration, including oral, parenteral, nasal or by inhalation. Examples of chemical dependencies treatable by the methods of the present invention are dependencies on alcohol, nicotine, cocaine, heroin, phenobarbital, and benzodiazepines (e.g., Valium (trademark)). "Treating a chemical dependency,” as used herein, means reducing or alleviating such dependency. "Subject” is an animal, including mammals, and including human beings. The invention includes isotopically-labeled compounds identical to those of formula (I) and other compounds of the invention save for one or more atoms being replaced by one of atomic mass or mass number different from that usually found in nature as understood by the artisan.
- Co-administration of a combination of a 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)- pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one and an additional compound or additional compounds means that these components can be administered together as a composition or as part of the same, unitary dosage form.
- Co-administration also includes administering a 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)- pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one and an additional compound or additional compounds separately but as part of the same therapeutic treatment program or regimen.
- the components need not necessarily be administered at essentially the same time, although they can if so desired.
- co- administration includes, for example, administering a 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy- propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one and an additional compound as separate dosages or dosage forms, but at the same time.
- Co-administration also includes separate administration at different times and in any order. For example, where appropriate a patient can take one or more component(s) of the treatment in the morning and one or more of the other component(s) at night.
- prodrug means compounds that are transformed in vivo to yield a compound of the present invention. The transformation can occur by various mechanisms, such as through hydrolysis in blood.
- a good discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
- a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as (Ci-C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 - Ci 2 )alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1- methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1 -methyl-1 -(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N-(alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N-(alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atom
- a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as (Ci-C ⁇ jalkanoyloxymethyl, 1-((Cr C 6 )alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1 -methyl-1 -((C r C 6 )alkanoyloxy)ethyl, (Ci-C ⁇ )alkoxycarbonyloxy- methyl, N-(CrC 6 )alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, (CrC 6 )alkanoyl, ⁇ .- amino(Ci-C 4 )alkanoyl, arylacyl and ⁇ -aminoacyl, or ⁇ -aminoacyl ⁇ -aminoacyl, where each ⁇ -aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L- amino acids, P(O)(OH) 2 , -P(O)(O
- the term "effective amount” means an amount of compound of the methods of the present invention that is capable of treating the specific diseases and pathological conditions.
- the specific dose of a compound administered according to this invention will, of course, be determined by the particular circumstances surrounding the case including, for example, the compound administered, the route of administration, the state of being of the subject, and the severity of the pathological condition being treated.
- kits for use by a consumer for treating disease comprise a) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an 5HTIB agonist/antagonist and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, vehicle or diluent; and, optionally, b) instructions describing a method of using the pharmaceutical composition for treating the specific disease.
- the instructions can also indicate that the kit is for treating disease while substantially reducing the concomitant liability of adverse effects associated with estrogen administration.
- a “kit” as used in the instant application includes a container for containing the separate unit dosage forms such as a divided bottle or a divided foil packet.
- the container can be in any conventional shape or form as known in the art which is made of a pharmaceutically acceptable material, for example a paper or cardboard box, a glass or plastic bottle or jar, a re-sealable bag (for example, to hold a "refill” of tablets for placement into a different container), or a blister pack with individual doses for pressing out of the pack according to a therapeutic schedule.
- the container employed can depend on the exact dosage form involved, for example a conventional cardboard box would not generally be used to hold a liquid suspension. It is feasible that more than one container can be used together in a single package to market a single dosage form.
- tablets can be contained in a bottle which is in turn contained within a box.
- An example of such a kit is a so-called blister pack.
- Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are being widely used for the packaging of pharmaceutical unit dosage forms (tablets, capsules, and the like). Blister packs generally consist of a sheet of relatively stiff material covered with a foil of a preferably transparent plastic material. During the packaging process, recesses are formed in the plastic foil. The recesses have the size and shape of individual tablets or capsules to be packed or can have the size and shape to accommodate multiple tablets and/or capsules to be packed.
- the tablets or capsules are placed in the recesses accordingly and the sheet of relatively stiff material is sealed against the plastic foil at the face of the foil which is opposite from the direction in which the recesses were formed.
- the tablets or capsules are individually sealed or collectively sealed, as desired, in the recesses between the plastic foil and the sheet.
- the strength of the sheet is such that the tablets or capsules can be removed from the blister pack by manually applying pressure on the recesses whereby an opening is formed in the sheet at the place of the recess. The tablet or capsule can then be removed via said opening.
- the written memory aid is of the type containing information and/or instructions for the physician, pharmacist or subject, e.g., in the form of numbers next to the tablets or capsules whereby the numbers correspond with the days of the regimen which the tablets or capsules so specified should be ingested or a card which contains the same type of information.
- a memory aid is a calendar printed on the card e.g., as follows "First Week, Monday, Tuesday," . . . etc . . . "Second Week, Monday, Tuesday, . . . " etc.
- Other variations of memory aids will be readily apparent.
- a "daily dose” can be a single tablet or capsule or several tablets or capsules to be taken on a given day.
- a dispenser designed to dispense the daily doses one at a time.
- the dispenser is equipped with a memory-aid, so as to further facilitate compliance with the regimen.
- a memory-aid is a mechanical counter, which indicates the number of daily doses that, has been dispensed.
- a battery-powered micro-chip memory coupled with a liquid crystal readout, or audible reminder signal which, for example, reads out the date that the last daily dose has been taken and/or reminds one when the next dose is to be taken.
- the compounds of formula I that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of different salts with various inorganic and organic acids. Although such salts must be pharmaceutically acceptable for administration to animals, it is often desirable in practice to initially isolate a compound of the formula I from the reaction mixture as a pharmaceutically unacceptable salt and then simply convert the latter back to the free base compound by treatment with an alkaline reagent, and subsequently convert the free base to a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt.
- the acid addition salts of the base compounds of this invention are readily prepared by treating the base compound with a substantially equivalent amount of the chosen mineral or organic acid in an aqueous solvent medium or in a suitable organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol. Upon careful evaporation of the solvent, the desired solid salt is obtained.
- the acids which are used to prepare the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of the base compounds of this invention are those which form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate or bisulfate, phosphate or acid phosphate, acetate, lactate, citrate or acid citrate, tartrate or bitartrate, succinate, maleate, fumarate, gluconate, saccharate, benzoate, methanesulfonate and pamoate (i.e., 1 ,1 '-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)) salts.
- non-toxic acid addition salts i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate or bisulfate, phosphate or
- compositions of formula I and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts are useful psychotherapeutics and are potent agonists and/or antagonists of the serotonin 1A (5-HT-IA) and/or serotonin 1 B (5-HT-IB) receptors.
- the affinities of the compounds of formula I for the various serotonin-1 receptors can be determined using standard radioligand binding assays as described in the literature.
- the 5-HTIA affinity can be measured using the procedure of Hoyer et al. (Brain Res., 376, 85 (1986)).
- the 5-HTi B affinity can be measured using the procedure of Heuring and Peroutka (J. Ne ⁇ rosci., 7, 894 (1987)).
- the in vitro activity of the compounds of the present invention at the 5-HT-IB binding site can be determined according to the following procedure.
- Bovine caudate tissue is homogenized and suspended in 20 volumes of a buffer containing 50 mM TRIS'hydrochloride (tris[hydroxymethyl]aminomethane hydrochloride) at a pH of 7.7.
- the homogenate is then centrifuged at 45,00OG for 10 minutes.
- the supernatant is then discarded and the resulting pellet resuspended in approximately 20 volumes of 50 mM TRIS'hydrochloride buffer at pH 7.7.
- This suspension is then pre-incubated for 15 minutes at 37 0 C, after which the suspension is centrifuged again at 45,00OG for 10 minutes and the supernatant discarded.
- the resulting pellet (approximately 1 gram) is resuspended in 150 mL of a buffer of 15 mM TRIS'hydrochloride containing 0.01 percent ascorbic acid with a final pH of 7.7 and also containing 10 ⁇ M pargyline and 4 mM calcium chloride (CaCI 2 ).
- the suspension is kept on ice at least 30 minutes prior to use.
- the inhibitor, control or vehicle is then incubated according to the following procedure.
- a 20 percent dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO)/80 percent distilled water solution is added 200 ⁇ L of tritiated 5-hydroxytryptamine (2 nM) in a buffer of 50 mM TRIS'hydrochloride containing 0.01 percent ascorbic acid at pH 7.7 and also containing 10 ⁇ M pargyline and 4 ⁇ M calcium chloride, plus 100 nM of 8-hydroxy- DPAT (dipropylaminotetraline) and 100 nM of mesulergine.
- DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
- DPAT dipropylaminotetraline
- the suspension is then incubated in a shaking water bath for 30 minutes at 25 0 C. After incubation is complete, the suspension is filtered using glass fiber filters (e.g., Whatman GF/B-filtersTM). The pellet is then washed three times with 4 mL of a buffer of 50 mM TRIS'hydrochloride at pH 7.7. The pellet is then placed in a scintillation vial with 5 mL of scintillation fluid (aquasol 2TM) and allowed to sit overnight. The percent inhibition can be calculated for each dose of the compound. An IC 50 value can then be calculated from the percent inhibition values.
- glass fiber filters e.g., Whatman GF/B-filtersTM
- the pellet is then washed three times with 4 mL of a buffer of 50 mM TRIS'hydrochloride at pH 7.7.
- the pellet is then placed in a scintillation vial with 5 mL of scintillation fluid (aquasol 2TM) and allowed
- the activity of the compounds of formula I for 5-HT 1A binding ability can be determined according to the following procedure. Rat brain cortex tissue is homogenized and divided into samples of 1 gram lots and diluted with 10 volumes of 0.32 M sucrose solution. The suspension is then centrifuged at 900G for 10 minutes and the supernate separated and recentrifuged at 70,00OG for 15 minutes. The supernate is discarded and the pellet re-suspended in 10 volumes of 15 mM TRIS'hydrochloride at pH 7.5. The suspension is allowed to incubate for 15 minutes at 37 0 C. After pre-incubation is complete, the suspension is centrifuged at 70,00OG for 15 minutes and the supernate discarded.
- the resulting tissue pellet is resuspended in a buffer of 50 mM TRIS'hydrochloride at pH 7.7 containing 4 mM of calcium chloride and 0.01 percent ascorbic acid.
- the tissue is stored at -70 0 C until ready for an experiment.
- the tissue can be thawed immediately prior to use, diluted with 10 ⁇ m pargyline and kept on ice.
- the tissue is then incubated according to the following procedure. Fifty microliters of control, inhibitor, or vehicle (1 percent DMSO final concentration) is prepared at various dosages.
- the agonist and antagonist activities of the compounds of the invention at 5- HT I A and 5-HT 1B receptors can be determined using a single saturating concentration according to the following procedure. Male Hartley guinea pigs are sacrificed and 5- HT 1 A receptors are dissected out of the hippocampus, while 5-HT- ⁇ B receptors are obtained by slicing at 350 mM on a Mcllwain tissue chopper and dissecting out the substantia nigra from the appropriate slices.
- the individual tissues are homogenized in 5 mM HEPES buffer containing 1 mM EGTA (pH 7.5) using a hand-held glass- Teflon® homogenizer and centrifuged at 35,000 x g for 10 minutes at 4 0 C.
- the pellets are resuspended in 100 mM HEPES buffer containing 1 mM EGTA (pH 7.5) to a final protein concentration of 20 mg (hippocampus) or 5 mg (substantia nigra) of protein per tube.
- reaction mix in each tube contained 2.0 mM MgCI 2 , 0.5 mM ATP, 1.0 mM cAMP, 0.5 mM IBMX, 10 mM phosphocreatine, 0.31 mg/mL creatine phosphokinase, 100 ⁇ M GTP and 0.5-1 microcuries of [ 32 P]-ATP (30 Ci/mmol: NEG-003 - New England Nuclear).
- Incubation is initiated by the addition of tissue to siliconized microfuge tubes (in triplicate) at 3O 0 C for 15 minutes.
- Each tube receives 20 ⁇ l_ tissue, 10 ⁇ L drug or buffer (at 10X final concentration), 10 ⁇ L 32 nM agonist or buffer (at 10X final concentration), 20 ⁇ L forskolin (3 ⁇ M final concentration) and 40 ⁇ L of the preceding reaction mix. Incubation is terminated by the addition of 100 ⁇ L 2% SDS, 1.3 mM cAMP, 45 mM ATP solution containing 40,000 dpm [ 3 H]-CAMP (30 Ci/mmol: NET-275- New England Nuclear) to monitor the recovery of cAMP from the columns.
- the compounds of formula I can be tested for in vivo activity for antagonism of 5-HT 1B agonist-induced hypothermia in guinea pigs according to the following procedure.
- the in vitro activity of the compounds in the present invention at the human ether-a-go-go-related gene potassium channel can be determined according to the following procedure.
- HEK-293 cells expressing the human ERG channel are grown according to standard cell culture techniques. Cells are collected, spun down and the resulting pellet is frozen for future use. On the day of the experiment, frozen cell pellet is weighed (100 mg per 96 well assay plate) and homogenized in 20 volumes of cold 50 mM Tris base containing 10 mM KCI and 1 mM MgCI 2 (pH to 7.4 at 4 0 C). The homogenate is then centrifuged at 45,000 G for 10 minutes.
- the supernatant is decanted and the membrane pellet resuspended by Polytron in cold 50 mM Tris base containing 10 mM KCI and 1 mM MgCI 2 (pH to 7.4 at 4 0 C) to a 20 mg/mL concentration.
- PVT WGA SPA beads PEI treated type A
- the membrane / bead solution is then gently rotated (speed 2, high) in a cold room (4°C) for 2 hours on a Roto-Torque (Cole-Palmer Model 7637). Following this preincubation, the bead slurry is then centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 5 min at 4°C.
- the supernatant is decanted and the pellet is resuspended to 5 mg/mL membrane and bead concentration in 50 mM Tris base containing 10 mM KCI and 1 mM MgCI2 (pH to 7.4 at 22 0 C)).
- the resuspended SPA beads / membrane mixture is immediately used in the assay. Beads and membranes are used at a final concentration of 1 mg/well and 25 microgram protein/well, respectively. Dilutions of compounds are made in 10% DMSO / 50 mM Tris buffer (pH 7.4) (at 10 x final concentration - so that the final DMSO concentration is 1 %).
- radioligand is added (5 nM final concentration 3H-dofetilide). The incubation is initiated by the addition of tissue/bead slurry. Assay plates incubate for one hour and then radioactivity is quantified using a MicroBeta scintillation counter. The percent inhibition of specific binding can then be calculated.
- the compounds of the invention can be tested for in vivo activity for antagonism of 5HTIB agonist-induced by hypothermia in guinea pigs according to the following procedure.
- the guinea pigs are housed under standard laboratory conditions on a 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. lighting schedule for at least seven days prior to experimentation. Food and water are available ad libitum until the time of testing.
- the compounds of the invention can be administered as solutions in a volume of 1 mL/kg.
- the vehicle used is varied depending on compound solubility.
- Test compounds are typically administered either sixty minutes orally (p.o.) or 0 minutes subcutaneously (s.c.) prior to a 5-HTIB agonist, such as [3-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2- ylmethyl)-1 H-indol-5-yl]-(3-nitropyridin-3-yl)-amine, which can be prepared as described in PCT publication WO93/1 1 106, published June 10, 1993 which is administered at a dose of 5.6 mg/kg, s.c. Before a first temperature reading is taken, each guinea pig is placed in a clear plastic shoe box containing wood chips and a metal grid floor and allowed to acclimate to the surroundings for 30 minutes.
- a 5-HTIB agonist such as [3-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2- ylmethyl)-1 H-indol-5-yl]-(3-nitropyridin-3-yl)-amine
- a "pre-drug" baseline temperature reading is made at -90 minutes, the test compound is given at -60 minutes and an additional -30 minute reading is taken.
- the 5-HT- I B agonist is then administered at 0 minutes and temperatures are taken 30, 60, 120 and 240 minutes later.
- a pre-drug baseline temperature reading is made at -30 minutes.
- the test compound and 5-HT-i B agonists are given concurrently and temperatures are taken at 30, 60, 120 and 240 minutes later.
- the active compounds of the invention can be evaluated as anti-migraine agents by testing the extent to which they mimic sumatriptan in contracting the dog isolated saphenous vein strip (P.P.A. Humphrey et al., Br. J. Pharmacol., 94, 1128 (1988)). This effect can be blocked by methiothepin, a known serotonin antagonist.
- Sumatriptan is known to be useful in the treatment of migraine and produces a selective increase in carotid vascular resistance in the anesthetized dog. The pharmacological basis of sumatriptan efficacy has been discussed in W. Fenwick et al., Br. J. Pharmacol., 96, 83 (1989).
- the serotonin 5-HT 1 agonist activity can be determined by the in vitro receptor binding assays, as described for the 5-HTi A receptor using rat cortex as the receptor source and [ 3 H]-8-OH-DPAT as the radioligand (D. Hoyer et al. Eur. J. Pharm., 118, 13 (1985)) and as described for the 5-HT 1B receptor using bovine caudate as the receptor source and [ 3 H]serotonin as the radioligand (R.E. Heuring and S.J. Peroutka, J. Neuroscience, 7, 894 (1987)).
- the compounds of formula I can advantageously be used in conjunction with one or more other therapeutic agents, for instance, different antidepressant agents such as tricyclic antidepressants (e.g., amitriptyline, dothiepin, doxepin, trimipramine, butripyline, clomipramine, desipramine, imipramine, iprindole, lofepramine, nortriptyline or protriptyline), monoamine oxidase inhibitors (e.g., isocarboxazid, phenelzine or tranylcyclopramine) or 5-HT re-uptake inhibitors (e.g., fluvoxamine, sertraline, fluoxetine or paroxetine), and/or with antiparkinsonian agents such as dopaminergic antiparkinsonian agents (e.g., levodopa, preferably in combination with a peripheral decarboxylase inhibitor e.g., benserazide or carbidopa, or
- a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor e.g., fluvoxamine, sertraline, fluoxetine or paroxetine
- sertraline preferably sertraline
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or polymorph thereof the combination of a compound of formula I with a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor is referred herein to as "the active combination”
- the active combination is useful psychotherapeutics and can be used in the treatment of disorders the treatment of which is facilitated by enhanced serotonergic neurotransmission (e.g., hypertension, all forms of depression (e.g., depression in cancer patients, depression in Parkinson's patients, postmyocardial infarction depression, subsyndromal symptomatic depression, depression in infertile women, pediatric depression, major depressive disorder, single episode depression, recurrent depression, child abuse induced depression, post partum depression, dysthymia; mild, moderate, or severe depressions with or without atypical features, melancholic features, psychotic features, catat
- ADHD attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
- Serotonin (5-HT) re-uptake inhibitors preferably sertraline
- United States Patent 4,536,518 describes the synthesis, pharmaceutical composition and use of sertraline for depression and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Activity of the active combination as antidepressants and related pharmacological properties can be determined by methods (1 )-(4) below, which are described in Koe, B. et al., Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 226 (3), 686-700 (1983).
- activity can be determined by studying (1 ) their ability to affect the efforts of mice to escape from a swim-tank (Porsolt mouse "behavior despair” test), (2) their ability to potentiate 5-hydroxytryptophan-induced behavioral symptoms in mice in vivo, (3) their ability to antagonize the serotonin- depleting activity of p-chloroamphetamine hydrochloride in rat brain in vivo, and (4) their ability to block the uptake of serotonin, norepinephrine and dopamine by synaptosomal rat brain cells in vitro.
- the ability of the active combination to counteract reserpine hypothermia in mice in vivo can be determined according to the methods described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,029,731.
- compositions of the present invention can be formulated in a conventional manner using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
- the active compounds of the invention can be formulated for oral, buccal, intranasal, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous) or rectal administration or in a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation.
- the pharmaceutical compositions can take the form of, for example, tablets or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinized maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate).
- binding agents e.g., pregelatinized maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- fillers e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium phosphate
- lubricants e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica
- disintegrants e.g., potato starch or
- Liquid preparations for oral administration can take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they can be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
- Such liquid preparations can be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); nonaqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters or ethyl alcohol); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid).
- suspending agents e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose or hydrogenated edible fats
- emulsifying agents e.g., lecithin or acacia
- nonaqueous vehicles e.g., almond oil, oily esters or ethyl alcohol
- the composition can take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
- the active compounds of the invention can be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, including using conventional catheterization techniques or infusion.
- Formulations for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
- the compositions can take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and can contain formulating agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
- the active ingredient can be in powder form for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
- the active compounds of the invention can also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
- the active compounds of the invention are conveniently delivered in the form of a solution or suspension from a pump spray container that is squeezed or pumped by the patient or as an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurized container or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
- a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
- the dosage unit can be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
- the pressurized container or nebulizer can contain a solution or suspension of the active compound.
- Capsules and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator can be formulated containing a powder mix of a compound of the invention and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
- a proposed dose of the active compounds of the invention for oral, parenteral or buccal administration to the average adult human for the treatment of the conditions referred to above is 0.1 to 200 mg of the active ingredient per unit dose which could be administered, for example, 1 to 4 times per day.
- Aerosol formulations for treatment of the conditions referred to above are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or "puff of aerosol contains 20 ⁇ g to 1000 ⁇ g of the compound of the invention.
- the overall daily dose with an aerosol will be within the range 100 ⁇ g to 10 mg.
- Administration can be several times daily, for example 2, 3, 4 or 8 times, giving for example, 1 , 2 or 3 doses each time.
- an active compound of this invention with a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor, preferably sertraline, for the treatment of subjects possessing any of the above conditions
- these compounds can be administered either alone or in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers by either of the routes previously indicated, and that such administration can be carried out in both single and multiple dosages.
- the active combination can be administered in a wide variety of different dosage forms, i.e., they can be combined with various pharmaceutically-acceptable inert carriers in the form of tablets, capsules, lozenges, troches, hard candies, powders, sprays, aqueous suspension, injectable solutions, elixirs, syrups, and the like.
- Such carriers include solid diluents or fillers, sterile aqueous media and various non-toxic organic solvents, etc.
- oral pharmaceutical formulations can be suitably sweetened and/or flavored by means of various agents of the type commonly employed for such purposes.
- the compounds of formula I are present in such dosage forms at concentration levels ranging from about 0.5% to about 90% by weight of the total composition, i.e., in amounts which are sufficient to provide the desired unit dosage and a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor, preferably sertraline, is present in such dosage forms at concentration levels ranging from about 0.5% to about 90% by weight of the total composition, i.e., in amounts which are sufficient to provide the desired unit dosage.
- a proposed daily dose of an active compound of this invention in the combination formulation is from about 0.01 mg to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 200 mg of the active ingredient of formula I per unit dose which could be administered, for example, 1 to 4 times per day.
- a proposed daily dose of a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor, preferably sertraline, in the combination formulation for oral, parenteral or buccal administration to the average adult human for the treatment of the conditions referred to above is from about 0.1 mg to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 1 mg to about 200 mg of the 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor per unit dose which could be administered, for example, 1 to 4 times per day.
- a preferred dose ratio of sertraline to an active compound of this invention in the combination formulation for oral, parenteral or buccal administration to the average adult human for the treatment of the conditions referred to above is from about 0.00005 to about 20,000, preferably from about 0.25 to about 2,000.
- Aerosol combination formulations for treatment of the conditions referred to above in the average adult human are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or "puff' of aerosol contains from about 0.01 ⁇ g to about 100 mg of the active compound of this invention, preferably from about 1 ⁇ g to about 10 mg of such compound.
- Administration can be several times daily, for example 2, 3, 4 or 8 times, giving for example, 1 , 2 or 3 doses each time.
- Aerosol formulations for treatment of the conditions referred to above in the average adult human are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or "puff' of aerosol contains from about 0.01 mg to about 2000 mg of a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor, preferably sertraline, preferably from about 1 mg to about 200 mg of sertraline.
- Administration can be several times daily, for example 2, 3, 4 or 8 times, giving for example, 1 , 2 or 3 doses each time.
- a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor preferably sertraline
- these antidepressant compositions containing a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor, preferably sertraline, and a compound of formula I are normally administered in dosages ranging from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg per kg of body weight per day of a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor, preferably sertraline, preferably 30mg per kg of body weight per day, more preferably from about 0.1 mg.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention is related to the stereospecific preparation of 1-[6-(1- ethyl-1.2-dihydroxy-propy^pyridin-3-yl]-3-l2-(4-methyl-piρera2iπ-1-yl)-benzylJ-pyrrolidin- 2-one of structure (I), and the intermediates thereof. Another aspect of the invention relates to 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1- yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one, wherein the carbon atoms having the 1,2-dihydroxy substituents are any of the four' diastereomers selected from (R.R), (R.S), (S,R), and (S,S), wherein the carbon three of the pyrrolidin-2-one is (R) or (S), pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, solvates thereof, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and methods using them for in treating or preventing depression, anxiety, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) and other disorders for which a 5-HT1 agonist or antagonist is indicated. Formula (I).
Description
STEREOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS OF 1 -Γ6-(1 -ETHYL-1.2-DIHYDROXY-PROPYL)- PYRIDIN-3-YL1-3-r2-f4-METHYL-PIPERAZIN-1-YL)-BENZYLl-PYRROLIDIN-2-ONE
Field of the Invention
The present invention is related to the preparation of 1 -[6-(1 -ethyl-1 ,2- dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yi]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one (referred herein as compound of formula (I)), the intermediates thereof, and the synthesized 1 ,2-dihydroxy compounds, wherein the 1 ,2-dihydroxy substituents are any of the four diastereomers selected from (R1R), (R,S), (S,R), and (S1S), wherein the C-3 of the pyrrolidin-2-one is (R) or (S), pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, solvates thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them. The synthesized compounds of the present invention bind at one or both of the 5-HT1A and 5-HTIB (formerly classified 5-HT1D) receptors. Said compounds are metabolites of 1-[6-(1- Ethyl-1-hydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2- one, a selective 5HTiB antagonist. The active metabolites are useful in treating depression, anxiety, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) and other disorders for which a 5-HTi agonist or antagonist is indicated and have reduced potential for cardiac side effects, in particular, QTc prolongation.
Background of the Invention Antagonists of serotonin 1 (5-HTi) receptors, specifically, of one or both of the
5-HT1A and 5-HT1B receptors are useful in treating hypertension, all forms of depression (e.g., depression in cancer patients, depression in Parkinson's patients, postmyocardial infarction depression, subsyndromal symptomatic depression, depression in infertile women, pediatric depression, major depressive disorder, single episode depression, recurrent depression, child abuse induced depression, post partum depression, dysthymia; mild, moderate, or severe depressions with or without atypical features, melancholic features, psychotic features, catatonic features; seasonal affective disorder, geriatric depression, chronic depression; adjustment disorder with depressed mood or with anxiety and depressed mood; mixed anxiety and depression; substance induced mood disorder; and mood disorder secondary to a general medical condition), bipolar disorder (including in the depressed phase),
generalized anxiety disorder, social anxiety, separation anxiety disorder, phobias (e.g., agoraphobia, social phobia and simple phobias), posttraumatic stress syndrome, avoidant personality disorder, premature ejaculation, eating disorders (e.g., binge eating disorder, anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa), obesity, chemical dependencies (e.g., addictions to alcohol, cocaine, heroin, phenobarbital, marijuana, nicotine and benzodiazepines), cluster headache, migraine, pain, Alzheimer's disease, obsessive-compulsive disorder; panic disorder with and without agoraphobia; memory disorders (e.g., dementia, amnestic disorders, and age-related cognitive decline (ARCD)), Parkinson's diseases (e.g., dementia in Parkinson's disease, neuroleptic- induced parkinsonism and tardive dyskinesias), endocrine disorders (e.g., hyperprolactinaemia), vasospasm (particularly in the cerebral vasculature), cerebellar ataxia, gastrointestinal tract disorders (involving changes in motility and secretion), negative symptoms of schizophrenia, premenstrual syndrome, fibromyalgia syndrome, stress incontinence, Tourette's syndrome, trichotillomania, kleptomania, male impotence, cancer (e.g., small cell lung carcinoma), chronic paroxysmal hemicrania, headache (associated with vascular disorders) autism, pervasive developmental disorder NOS, Asperger's disorder, selective mutism, chronic motor or vocal tic disorder, somatization disorder, insomnia, intermittent explosive disorder, pyromania, pathological gambling, impulse-control disorder, premenstrual dysphoric disorder, and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), and other disorders for which a 5-HTi agonist or antagonist is indicated.
European Patent Publication 434,561, published on June 26, 1991 , refers to 7- alkyl, alkoxy, and hydroxy substituted-1-(4-substituted-1-piperazinyl)-naphthalenes. The compounds are referred to as 5-HT1 agonists and antagonists useful for the treatment of migraine, depression, anxiety, schizophrenia, stress and pain.
European Patent Publication 343,050, published on November 23, 1989, refers to 7-unsubstituted, halogenated, and methoxy substituted-1-(4-substituted-1-piper- azinyl)-naphthalenes as useful 5-HT1A ligand therapeutics.
PCT publication WO 94/21619, published September 29, 1994, refers to naphthalene derivatives as 5-HTi agonists and antagonists.
PCT publication WO97/36867, published Oct. 9, 1997, and WO 98/14433, published Apr. 9, 1998, refer to related benzyl(idene)-lactam derivatives having utility as psychotherapeutic agents.
PCT publication WO 96/00720, published January 11 , 1996, refers to naphthyl ethers as useful 5-HTi agonists and antagonists.
PCT publication WO97/36867, published Oct. 9, 1997, and WO 98/14433, published Apr. 9, 1998, refer to related benzyl(idene)-lactam derivatives having utility as psychotherapeutic agents.
European Patent Publication 701 ,819, published March 20, 1996, refers to the use of 5-HTi agonists and antagonists in combination with a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor.
Glennon et al., refers to 7-methoxy-1-(1-piperazinyl)-naphthalene as a useful 5-HTi ligand in their article "5-HT10 Serotonin Receptors", Drug Dev. Res., 22, 25-36 (1991 ).
Glennon's article "Serotonin Receptors: Clinical Implications", Neuroscience and Behavioral Reviews, 14, 35-47 (1990), refers to the pharmacological effects associated with serotonin receptors including appetite suppression, thermoregulation, cardiovascular/hypotensive effects, sleep, psychosis, anxiety, depression, nausea, emesis, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease and Huntington's disease.
World Patent Application WO 95/31988, published November 30, 1995, refers to the use of a 5-HTID antagonist in combination with a 5-HT1A antagonist to treat CNS disorders such as depression, generalized anxiety, panic disorder, agoraphobia, social phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, memory disorders, anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa, Parkinson's disease, tardive dyskinesias, endocrine disorders such as hyperprolactinaemia, vasospasm (particularly in the cerebral vasculature) and hypertension, disorders of the gastrointestinal tract where changes in motility and secretion are involved, as well as sexual dysfunction.
G. Maura et al., J. Neurochem, 66 (1), 203-209 (1996), have stated that administration of agonists selective for 5-HTIA receptors or for both 5-HT-IA and 5-HTID receptors might represent a great improvement in the treatment of human cerebellar ataxias, a multifaceted syndrome for which no established therapy is available.
-A-
European Patent Publication 666,261 , published August 9, 1995, refers to thiazine and thiomorpholine derivatives which are claimed to be useful for the treatment of cataracts.
PCT publication WO 2006/011030, published February 2, 2006, refers to the preparation of novel substituted haloarene compounds.
US Published App. No. 2005-0245521A1 , published November 3, 2005 refers to novel benzyl(idene)-lactam derivatives. The compounds are referred to as selective antagonists, inverse agonists and partial agonists of serotonin 1 (5-HT1) receptors and as being useful in treating depression, anxiety, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) and other disorders.
Klapars, et al discuss a general and efficient copper catalyst for the amidation of aryl halides and the N-arylation of nitrogen hetercycles in J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2001 , 123, 7727-7729.
Klapars, et al discuss a general and efficient copper catalyst for the amidation of aryl halides in J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2002, 124, 7421-7428.
US Patent No. 6,420,565, issued July 16, 2002, which discusses a process for making 2, 5-substituted pyridine.
Wang, et al. discuss selective monolithiation of 2,5-dibromopyridine with butyllithium in Tetrahedron Letters, 41 (2000) 4335-4338.
Summary of the Invention
The present invention is related to the stereospecific preparation of 1-[6-(1- ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]- pyrrolidin-2-one: formula (I):
(I) wherein the stereochemistry of a and b and c, where the given definition defines (a) and then (b, c), respectively, is (R) and (R, S);
(R) and (R, R); (S) and (R, S); (S) and (R, R); (R) and (S, S); (R) and (S, R);
(S) and (S, S); and (S) and (S, R); prodrugs (e.g., esters) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The invention also concerns the intermediates thereof of the compound of formula (I). Another aspect of the invention relates to 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy- propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one, wherein the carbon atoms having the 1 ,2-dihydroxy substituents are any of the four diastereomers selected from (R,R), (R1S), (S, R), and (S,S), wherein the C-3 of the pyrrolidin-2-one (identified as "a" herein) is (R) or (S), pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, solvates thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
Another aspect of the present invention includes the preparation of (2S)-2-((2-
(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)-3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)pentan-3-ol from (S)-methyl lactate. Another aspect of the present invention includes the preparation of (2S)-3-(5- bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)-pentan-3-ol from (S)-methyl lactate. Another aspect of the present invention includes the preparation of 2(S)-3-(5-
Bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(tert-butyl-diphenylsilyloxy)pentan-3-ol from (S)-methyl lactate. Yet another aspect of the present invention includes the preparation of (2S)-3-(5- bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)pentan-3-ol, (2S)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(5- bromopyridin-2-yl)pentan-3-ol, and (2S)-2-(benzyloxymethoxy)-3-(5-bromopyridin-2- yl)pentan-3-ol from (S)-methyl lactate.
Another aspect of the present invention includes the stereospecific preparation or 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)- benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one starting with (S)-ethyl lactate rather than (S)-methyl lactate to obtain the respective intermediates using procedures discussed herein, making non- critical changes.
Another aspect of the present invention includes the intermediates that are compounds of formula 1-ia:
formula 1-ib wherein X is a halogen with atomic number less than or equal to Br or I, preferably Br; and
P is as described for formula 1-ia, and the processes to prepare them. Appropriate protecting groups are known to those in the art. See, e.g., Green and Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic
Synthesis", Third Ed., Wiley & Sons, 1999. Non-limiting examples of appropriate protecting groups include any one of the following:
CrC4 alkyl optionally substituted as valency allows with -oxyCrC4alkyl, nitro, -oxybenzyl optionally substituted on phenyl of the benzyl with up to 3 substituents independently selected from -oxyCrC4alkyl further substituted with silyl further substituted with CrC4alkyl as valency allows;
C3-C5alkenyl;
C5-C6 heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with Ci-C4alkyl; benzyl optionally substituted on phenyl of the benzyl with up to 3 substituents independently selected from Ci-C3alkyl, -oxyCi-C4alkyl, or nitro; or silyl substituted as valency allows with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of CrC4alkyl, phenyl, and -oxyCi-C4alkyl.
Non-limiting, specitific examples of appropriate protecting groups include: methoxymethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, tert-butyl, tert-butoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl, allyl, triethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyran, tetrahydro-2H-furan, 4- methoxybenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl, (2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl, te/f-butyldiphenylsilyl, te/t-butyldimethylsilyl, benzyl, benzyloxymethyl, 1-[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]ethyl, and tert-butoxydiphenylsilyl.
The present invention includes any one step individually or any combination of any of the individual steps discussed herein.
The present invention includes all intermediates discussed herein and final compounds discussed herein and processes to prepare them.
Detailed Description of the Invention In one practice, and without limitation, the invention relates to 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2- dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one having formula (I) as discussed herein. The compound of formula I can, without specifying stereochemistry, be named 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]- 3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one. It can also be named as 3-(2- (4-methylpiperazin-1 -yl)benzyl)-1 -(6-(2,3-dihydroxypentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin- 2-one. The two names are used interchangeably. Preferably, the compound of
formula I is (3R) 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl- piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one. More preferably, the compound of formula I is (3R) 1 -[6-(1 -ethyl-2(S)-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 - yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one. Also more preferably, the compound of formula I is (3R) 1 -[6-(1 -ethyl-(1 (R),2(S))-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 - yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one or (3R) 1-[6-(1-ethyl-(1 (S),2(S))-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)- pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one. Most preferably, the compound of formula I is (3R) 1-[6-(1-ethyl-(1 (R),2(S))-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)- pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one. When a compound of formula I is named with specific stereochemistry assigned, it is substantially free of any other isomer, meaning that the compound is at least at least 98% pure, preferably at least 99%. The degree of purity is for the compound after preparation and purification but before preparing any pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for administration, which could include excipients and other pharmaceutically acceptable material.
In another aspect, the invention includes the preparation of compounds of formula I. The following schemes discuss the routes by which the stereospecific synthesis of 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin- 1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one can be completed. In the schemes, the stereochemistry of carbon-3 of pyrrolidin-one is presented as (R) for presentation purposes only and is not meant to limit the scope of the invention.
The preparation of the 1 ,2-di hydroxy compounds required much work to discover an acceptable synthetic route. 1 ,2-Diols are generally prepared from epoxides, starting from olefins. Unfortunately, attempts to make the epoxide from the corresponding olefin were unsuccessful. However, a stereoselective synthesis was ultimately discovered.
For the following discussions, the initial starting material is (S)-methyl 2- hydroxypropanoate (also known as (S)-methyl lactate). By using the (S)-methyl lactate, the stereochemistry is fixed for that respective carbon. To obtain the (R) isomer, the (R)-methyl lactate would be used as the starting material. Alternatively, (R)- and (S)-ethyl lactates can be used. For exemplification, and not limitation of the
scope of this invention, the (S) methyl lactate is used for discussion purposes. Unless otherwise indicated, reactions conducted at room temperature (RT) are conducted between about 18 to about 25°C. Alkyl and alkoxy groups, containing the requisite number of carbon atoms, can be unbranched or branched. The term "halo" and "halogen" are used interchangeably and include fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
The term "heteroaryl" is intended to include 5- to 7-membered aromatic heterocyclic groups and includes the non-limiting examples thiophenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, thiazolyl and isothiazolyl, among others. In Scheme 1 , the preparation of the 1,2-dihydroxy compounds is presented using a tetrahydropyran protecting group, starting from (S)-methyl lactate and 3,4- dihydro-2/-/-pyran.
Scheme 1
1(a)
1(i)(a) 1(i)(b)
In Scheme 1 , (S)-methyl lactate is protected with a suitable protecting group (Green and Wuts, supra), then the ester is reduced to the corresponding primary alcohol by methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, with LAH. The alcohol is then oxidized to the aldehyde by known methods, such as the Swern or Moffatt oxidation, use of TEMPO or Martin's reagent, sodium periodate or chromic acid. The aldehyde 1 (c) is reacted with ethyl Grignard affording the secondary alcohol of formula 1 (d). The alcohol is oxidized to the ketone 1 (e) by known methods such as the Swern or Moffat oxidation, use of TEMPO or Martin's reagent, sodium periodate or chromic acid or other oxidative conditions. The ketone is coupled with 5-halo-2-metalopyridine to form a compound of the formula 1(f), preferrably in an aprotic organic solvent. For example, see US published Patent Application US 2006-0030714, incorporated herein by reference. For example, the reaction can be conducted as follows:
(a) forming a mixture in a non-coordinating reaction inert solvent, optionally toluene, of a dihalopyridine:
wherein Z is Br or I; and X is a halogen with atomic number less than or equal to the selected Z; with (2S)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-one; (b) treating the mixture formed in step (a) with an (CrC8)aIkyl lithium compound, preferably n-butyllithium; and
(c) quenching the mixture formed in (b) with a proton donor so as to form (2S)- 3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-ol.
1(g) is obtained using known procedures. For example, see US published
Patent Application 2005-0245521 , incorporated herein by reference. For example, the pyrrolidinone and 1 (f) are stirred together in a non-coordinating reaction inert solvent, optionally toluene. CuI (about 0.05 to 0.2 eq, e.g., about 0.1 eq) is first added and then potassium carbonate (about 1.5 to 2.5 eq., e.g., about 2 eq.), N1N'-
dimethylethylenediamine (about 0.05 to 0.5 eq., e.g., about 0.2 eq), and then water (about 1% to about 10% w/w, e.g., about 5%). The reaction mixture is refluxed until analytical methods, e.g., HPLC, indicates that the reaction is complete. The product is isolated using standard procedures. 1(h) is obtained using standard procedures to cleave the protecting group.
See, e.g., Green and Wuts, supra. For example 1 (g) could be treated with an acid, e.g., glacial acetic acid (about 30 to 300 eq., e.g., about 155 eq) in water (about 1 :2 v/v for water.acetic acid), and the process can optionally be heated. Standard isolation/purification procedures are also optional if needed. 1(i) is obtained by isolating the single enanteomers. The four diastereomers can be separated by reverse phase HPLC-chromatography. One type of column that separates all of the four diastereomers is Cosmosil PYE 110A, 5μm, 4.6x150mm, (Phenomenex Inc.). The experimental conditions for the separation were: mobile phase 20% acetonitrile in 80% aqueous buffer (0.5%(v/v) HCIO4 in water), flow rate 2.00ml_/min, and UV detection at 210nm. The separation of 1(i)(a) and 1(i)(b) was obtained using a Chiralpack AD, 10x50cm column eluting with 60% heptane in 40% ethanol with the flow rate of 300 ml/min. The approximate elution times were 40min for 1(i)(a) and 85min for 1(i)(b). The isolated material exhibited higher than 98% diastereomeric purity. To determine the absolute stereochemistry of the diastereomers 1 (i)(a) and
1 (i)(b), the resolved diastereomers are derivatized to carbonates using 1 ,1'- carbonyldiimidazole. Once the carbonates are isolated, the compounds are analyzed using numerous NMR techniques, including 1 D proton, 1 D carbon, 1H-1H gradient DQFCOSY (Double Quantum-Filtered correlation SpectroscopY), 1H-1H NOESY (Nuclear Overhauser Enhancement SpectroscopY), 1H-13C multiplicity edited HSQC (Heteronuclear Single Quantum Coherence) and 1H-13C BIRDHMBC (BJIinear Rotation Decoupling-filtered Heteronuclear Multiple Bond Correlation) or 1H-13C multiplicity edited HSQC (Heteronuclear Single Quantum Coherence) and 1H-13C HMBC (Heteronuclear Multiple Bond Correlation).
In Scheme 2, the preparation of the 1 ,2-dihydroxy compounds is obtained from (S)-methyl lactate using the (2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl protecting group.
Scheme 2
2(i)(b) Steps a through g of Scheme 2 are conducted using the general procedures discussed for Scheme 1.
2(h) is obtained using standard procedures to cleave the protecting group.
See, e.g., Green and Wuts, supra. For example 2(g) could be treated with fluoride, e.g., tetrabutylammonium fluoride or pyridine-hydrogen fluoride complex (about 1 to 10 eq., e.g., about 4 eq) in tetrahydrofuran or other aprotic solvent and the process
can optionally be heated. Standard isolation/purification procedures are also optional if needed.
In Scheme 3, the preparation of the 1 ,2-dihydroxy compounds is presented using a te/t-butyldiphenylsilyl protecting group, starting from (S)-methyl lactate using te/f-butyldiphenylsilyl chloride.
Scheme 3
Steps a through h of Scheme 3 are conducted using the general procedures discussed for Scheme 2. Alternatively, the propanal can be obtained directly from the propanoate. For example, (S)-methyl lactate can be protected with about 1 to 2 eq of, for example, tert- butyldimethylsilyl chloride in an acceptable solvent, e.g., Λ/,/V-dimethylformamide, or 1- methyl-2-pyrrolidinone sufficient to give about a 1 to 3M solution at RT under nitrogen.
Imidazole (about 1 to 2 eq) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for about 1 to 8 hours, e.g., 4.5 hours. Diisopropyl ether, hexanes, isopropyl acetate, ethyl acetate (about 1 to 10 volumes) is added and the product is isolated using an acidic work up, e.g., aqueous hydrochloric acid. The propanoate is then mixed with hexanes or with THF, or 2-methyltetrahydrofuran to give a concentration of about 1 to 3 M, cooled below at least -10°C, preferably about -72°C under nitrogen. Diisobutylaluminium hydride (about 1 to 2eq, e.g., 1.3 eq as a 1 M solution in hexanes) is added, the reaction stirred for about 30 min to about 4 hours, and allowed to warm up between -100C and RT before saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (e.g., about 6 to 7M) is added. The crude product was isolated and purified by distillation, e.g., the propanal can be collected when boiling at 98-102°C/42mbar. The diol is then obtained following procedures discussed herein starting with the propanal.
Another alternative route to the diol compounds is by obtaining the protected pentan-3-one from the lactate by first making 2-hydroxy-1-morpholinopropan-1-one from the lactate. (S)-Methyl lactate and morpholine (about 1 to 6eq, e.g., about 4eq.) are heated for about 5 to 48h, e.g., about 24 h at about 80 to 1200C, e.g., 110°C under nitrogen. Excess morpholine is evaporated and the crude product can be isolated by distillation, e.g., collecting fractions boiling at 115 -125°C at <1 mbar to give (S)-2-hydroxy-1-morpholinopropan-1-one. This intermediate and N1N- diisopropylethyl-amine, triethylamine, or sodium carbonate (about 1 to 3 eq., e.g., 1.2 eq) are added to a solvent selected from CH2CI2, THF, or 2-methyltetrahydrofuran to give a concentration of about 0.5 to 3M (relative to the intermediate) and cooled to about 0°C to about RT under nitrogen. (2-(Chloromethoxy)ethyl)-trimethylsilane (from about 1 to 1.5 eq, e.g., about 1.2eq.) is added, the reaction is then stirred at RT for about 12 to 36 hr, e.g., about 20 hr. (S)-1-Morpholino-2-((2-
(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)-propan-1-one is isolated using an acidic work up, e.g., quenching with aqueous HCI. The (S)-1-Morpholino-2-((2-
(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)-propan-1-one is mixed in THF, 2- methyltetrahydrofuran (from about 0.5 to 3 M, e.g., about 1 M) and cooled to about -72 to 00C. Ethylmagnesium chloride (e.g., about 1 to 3eq., e.g., about 2 eq, it can be used as a 2M solution in THF) is added, the reaction is stirred for about 15 minutes to
about 3h and then allowed to warm-up to -10 to about 00C. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (about 1 to 3 volumes) is added, the reaction mixture warms to RT and (S)-2-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)-pentan-3-one is isolated using standard work-up procedures. The diol compounds are then obtained using procedures discussed herein.
The present invention includes intermediates that are compounds of formula 1- ia and formula 1-ib and the processes to prepare them. The process to make a compoun of formula 1-ia:
comprising the coupling of (f?)-3-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-2-one and a compound of formula 1-ib
formula 1-ib wherein X is a halogen with atomic number less than or equal to Br or I, preferably Br; and
P is as described for formula 1-ia; preferrably in an aprotic organic solvent. Non-limiting examples of appropriate protecting groups for P are discussed herein.
For example, the pyrrolidinone and 1-ib are stirred together in a non- coordinating reaction inert solvent, optionally toluene. CuI (about 0.05 to 0.2 eq, e.g., about 0.1 eq) is first added and then potassium carbonate (about 1.5 to 2.5 eq., e.g.,
about 2 eq.), N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine (about 0.05 to 0.5 eq., e.g., about 0.2 eq), and then water (about 1% to about 10% w/w, e.g., about 5%). The reaction mixture is refluxed until analytical methods, e.g., HPLC, indicate that the reaction is complete. The compound of formula 1-ia is isolated using standard procedures. The compound of formula 1-ib can be prepared using known procedures. For example, see US published Patent Application US 2006-0030714, incorporated herein by reference. A non-limiting example of preparing the compound of formual 1-ib is as follows:
(a) forming a mixture in a non-coordinating reaction inert solvent, optionally toluene, of a dihalopyridine:
wherein Z is Br or I; and X is a halogen with atomic number less than or equal to the selected Z; with an appropriate reactive species to give a compound of formula 1-ia; (b) treating the mixture formed in step (a) with an (CrC8)alkyl lithium compound; and
(c) quenching the mixture formed in (b) with a proton donor so as to form the compound of formula 1-ib.
An appropriate reactive species is a ketone, that when reacted with the dihalopyridine will provide a compound of formula 1-ib. Non-limiting examples include (2S)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-one, (S)-2-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)- methoxy)pentan-3-one, or (S)-2-(te/t-butyldiphenylsilyloxy)pentan-3-one.
For example, 2,5-dibromopyridine and the appropriate reactive sepcies are dissolved in toluene and the resulting solution cooled, e.g., to about 00C, under nitrogen. n-Butyllithium in hexanes is then added and the resulting mixture stirred and the reaction is subsequently quenched by addition of methanol. The intermediate compound of formula 1-ib is obtained using standard procedures.
The present invention includes all compounds made herein, including intermediates.
The following schemes and non-limiting examples are offered in illustration of the present invention; they are not to constrain the scope of the same in any way.
Examples
Example 1(a) - (2S)-Methyl 2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)propanoate: (S)-Methyl lactate (65.4g, 628mmol) was mixed with 120OmL of anhydrous
CH2Cb and cooled to 30C under nitrogen. p-Toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate
(1.2Og, 0.01eq.) was added, followed by dropwise addition of 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran
(79.22g, 1.5eq. 942mmol). The mixture was warmed to room temperature (RT) and stirred for 3 hours at which point 120OmL of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution was added and the layers separated. The organic layer was washed with
120OmL brine, dried with magnesium sulfate (MgSCU), filtered through a Celite® bed and after solvent evaporation 136.6g of 1(a) was obtained as a tan liquid, which was used without further purification.
Diastereomer 1 (Major): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.65 (t, 1 H), 4.38 (q, 1 H), 3.8 (m, 1 H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.45 (m, 1 H), 1.85-1.45 (m, 6H), 1.40 (d, J=7.05Hz, 3H).
Diastereomer 2 (Minor): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.66 (t, 1 H), 4.16 (q, 1 H), 3.8 (m, 1 H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.45 (m, 6H), 1.35 (d, J=6.64Hz, 3H). Example 1(b) - (2S)-2-(Tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)propan-1-ol: Under a nitrogen atmosphere and with ice water cooling, a solution of 1(a) (136.6g, 726mmol) in 40OmL of diethyl ether was added to a mixture of 1M lithium aluminum hydride (871 mL, 1.2eq. 871mmol) in THF and 50OmL of diethyl ether. This mixture was refluxed 2 hours and allowed to stir and cool to RT overnight. After cooling to 5°C, 27mL of water was slowly added, followed by 50OmL of diethyl ether, then 27mL of 15% (w/w) aqueous sodium hydroxide. This thick suspension was then filtered through a sintered glass funnel, dried with MgSO4 and concentrated to 54.8g of yellow liquid. The crude product was distilled under high vacuum (<1 mbar), collecting fractions boiling at 50-650C yielding to 53.8g of 1(b).
Diastereomer 1 (Major): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 4.68 (m, 1H), 4.54 (t, 1H), 3.78 (m, 1 H), 3.62 (m, 1 H), 3.39 (m, 1H)1 3.31 (m, 1 H) 3.25 (m, 1 H), 1.75 - 1.32 (m, 6H), 1.04 (d, J=6.64Hz, 3H).
Diastereomer 2 (Minor): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 4.62 (m, 1H), 4.51 (t, 1H), 3.78 (m, 1 H), 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.39 (m, 1 H)1 3.31 (m, 1 H) 3.25 (m, 1 H), 1.75 - 1.32 (m, 6H), 0.99 (d, J=6.23Hz, 3H).
Example 1(c) - (2S)-2-(Tetrahydro-2W-pyran-2-yloxy)propanal: A 2 M solution of oxalyl chloride in CH2CI2 (249mL, 1.5eq) was combined with
745mL of anhydrous CH2CI2 and cooled under nitrogen atmosphere to -72°C. A solution of anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (70.7mL, 3eq. 77.8g, 996mmol) in 141 mL of anhydrous CH2CI2 was added dropwise. After stirring 15 minutes, a solution of 1(b) (53.2g, 1eq. 332mmol) in 19OmL anhydrous CH2CI2 was added dropwise and the suspension stirred for 1 hour. Triethylamine (139ml_, 3eq., with about 1 to about 5 eq being an acceptable range) was added dropwise, the cooling bath removed and the reaction mixture allowed to warm to +20C. The solids were removed by filtration, the filtrate washed with 120OmL water, 120OmL brine, dried with MgSO4 and concentrated to a brown oil. The crude aldehyde was vacuum distilled and the material boiling at 70-78°C/12mbar was collected yielding to 42.8g of 1(c) as a yellowish liquid.
Diastereomer 1 (Major): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.63(s, 1 H), 4.69 (m, 1H), 4.23 (q, 1H), 3.85 (m, 1 H), 3.47 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.45 (m, 6H), 1.33 (d, J=7.05Hz, 3H).
Diastereomer 2 (Minor): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.63(s, 1 H), 4.61 (m, 1 H), 3.96 (q, 1H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.47 (m, 1 H)1 1.85-1.45 (m, 6H), 1.25 (d, J=7.05Hz, 3H). Example 1(d) - (2S)-2-(Tetrahydro-2W-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-ol:
Working under N2-atm, 30.3mL (1.2eq. 60.7mmol) of 2M ethylmagnesium chloride in THF was combined with 7OmL of diethyl ether and cooled to -720C. A solution of 1(c) (8.Og, 1eq. 50.6mmol) in 1OmL of diethyl ether was added dropwise. The resulting suspension was allowed to warm to +30C. After cooling to -15°C, 40ml saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm-up to RT. The layers were separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted with 4OmL diethyl ether. The organic layers were combined, washed with 4OmL brine, dried with MgSO4 and concentrated yielding 9.05g of crude product. The crude product was distilled under a high vacuum (<1mbar), collecting fractions boiling at 66 to 780C yielding 7.23g of 1(d) as a clear liquid.
Diastereomer 1 (Major): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 4.61 (m, 1H), 4.38 (m, 1 H), 3.75 (m, 1 H), 3.44 (m, 1 H), 3.39 (m, 1 H), 3.20 (m, 1 H), 1.68 (m, 1 H) 1.57 (m, 1 H), 1.41 (m, 5H), 1.21 (m, 1 H), 1.06 (d, J=6.64Hz, 3H), 0.85 (t, 3H).
Diastereomer 2 (Minor): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 4.61 (m, 1 H), 4.38 (m, 1 H), 3.75 (m, 1 H), 3.44 (m, 1 H), 3.39 (m, 1 H), 3.20 (m, 1 H), 1.68 (m, 1 H) 1.57 (m, 1 H), 1.41 (m, 5H), 1.21 (m, 1 H), 1.01 (d, J=6.64Hz, 3H), 0.85 (t, 3H).
Diastereomer 3 (Minor): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 4.61 (m, 1 H), 4.35 (m, 1 H), 3.75 (m, 1 H), 3.52 (m, 1 H), 3.39 (m, 1 H), 3.20 (m, 1 H), 1.68 (m, 1 H) 1.57 (m, 1 H), 1.41 (m, 5H), 1.21 (m, 1 H), 1.03 (d, J=6.64Hz, 3H)1 0.85 (t, 3H). Diastereomer 4 (Minor): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 4.61 (m, 1H), 4.33 (m,
1 H), 3.75 (m, 1 H), 3.60 (m, 1 H), 3.39 (m, 1 H), 3.28 (m, 1 H), 1.68 (m, 1 H) 1.57 (m, 1H), 1.41 (m, 5H), 1.21 (m, 1 H), 0.97 (d, J=6.22Hz, 3H), 0.85 (t, 3H).
Example 1(e) - (2S)-2-(Tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-one:
A 2 M solution of oxalyl chloride in CH2CI2 (29ml_, 1.5 eq. 76.8mmol) was combined with 87mL of anhydrous CH2CI2 and cooled under a nitrogen atmosphere to
-72°C. A solution of anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (8.18ml_, 3eq. 115mmol) in 18.6ml_ of anhydrous CH2CI2 was added dropwise. After stirring 15 minutes, a solution of 1 (d)
(7.23g, 1eq., 38.4mmol) in 22mL anhydrous CH2CI2 was added dropwise and the suspension stirred for 1 hour. Triethylamine (16mL, 3 eq. 115mmol) was added dropwise, the cooling bath removed and the reaction mixture allowed to warm to RT.
The solids were removed by filtration, the filtrate washed with 14OmL water, 14OmL brine, dried with MgSO4 and concentrated to a brown oil. The crude product was distilled under high vacuum (<1 mbar), collecting fractions boiling at 50-1000C yielding to 6.81 g of 1(e) as a yellowish liquid. Diastereomer 1 (Major): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 4.59 (m, 1 H), 4.20 (q,
1 H), 3.77 (m, 1 H), 3.44 (m, 1 H), 2.7-2.4 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.48 (m, 4H), 1.26 (d, J=6.85Hz, 3H), 0.93 (t, 3H).
Diastereomer 2 (Minor): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ ) δ 4.64 (m, 1H), 4.05 (q, 1 H), 3.77 (m, 1 H), 3.44 (m, 1 H), 2.7-2.4 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.48 (m, 4H), 1.18 (d, J=6.54Hz, 3H), 0.93 (t, 3H).
Example 1(f) - (2S)-3-(5-Bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)pentan-3-ol:
2,5-Dibromopyridine (127mg, 0.537mmol, 1eq.) and 1(e) (100mg, 0.537mmol, 1eq.) were dissolved in 610μl_ of toluene and the resulting solution cooled to O0C under nitrogen. 2.5 M n-Butyllithium in hexanes (228μl_, 1.06eq.) was then added dropwise and the resulting mixture was stirred for 5 min until the reaction was quenched by addition of 37μL methanol. The reaction solution was extracted with water (1 mL), the organic layer was separated and dried with MgSO4. After solvent evaporation 175mg 1(f) was obtained as brown oil. Diastereomer 1 (Major): LC-MS (ESI): m/z=344.2 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 8.61 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (d, 1 H), 7.54 (d, 1 H), 4.85 (S1 1 H), 4.63 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (q, 1H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.38 (m, 1 H), 1.96(m, 1H), 1.85-1.15 (m, 7H), 0.81 (d, J=6.22Hz, 3H), 0.50 (t, 3H).
Diastereomer 2 (Minor): LC-MS (ESI): m/z=344.2 [M+H]+ 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 8.61 (s, 1 H), 7.96 (d, 1 H), 7.52 (d, 1 H), 4.92
(s, 1 H), 4.63 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (q, 1 H), 3.85 (m, 1 H), 3.38 (m, 1 H), 1.96(m, 1 H), 1.85-1.15 (m, 7H), 1.06 (d, J=6.22Hz, 3H), 0.50 (t, 3H).
Diastereomer 3 (Minor): LC-MS (ESI): m/z=344.2 [M+H]+ 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 8.61 (s, 1 H), 8.00 (d, 1 H), 7.57 (d, 1 H), 4.88 (s, 1 H), 4.63 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (q, 1 H), 3.85 (m, 1 H), 3.38 (m, 1 H), 1.96(m, 1 H), 1.85-1.15 (m, 7H), 0.97 (d, J=6.22Hz, 3H), 0.50 (t, 3H).
Diastereomer 4 (Minor): LC-MS (ESI): m/z=344.2 [M+H]+ 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 8.61 (s, 1 H), 7.97 (d, 1 H), 7.54 (d, 1 H), 4.79 (S, 1H), 4.63 (m, 1H), 3.92 (q, 1 H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.38 (m, 1 H), 1.96(m, 1H), 1.85-1.15 (m, 7H), 0.71 (d, J=6.22Hz, 3H), 0.50 (t, 3H).
Example 1(g) - (R)-3-(2-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S)-3- hydroxy-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2- one:
1(f) (3.66g, 1.eq. 10.6mmol) and (R)-3-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-1- yl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-2-one (3.48g, 1.2eq. 12.8mmol) were combined and stirred in
14.6mL of dry toluene. For the preparation of the pyrrolidin-2-one, see, e.g., WO
2005-090300, incorporated herein by reference. CuI (202mg, 0.1eq 1.06mmol) was added followed by potassium carbonate (2.93g, 2.0eq.), N, N'- dimethylethylenediamine (226μL, 187mg, 0.20eq. 2.12mmol), and finally, 183μL of water. The thick suspension was refluxed for 2 days, at which point HPLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The mixture was filtered through a Celite® bed, the filtrate was washed 2 times with an equal amount of water then brine, dried with MgSO4 and concentrated to 6.5g of dark oil. The crude material was chromatographed on a silica gel column, eluting with 95:5 = acetonitrile:28-30% aqueous ammonium hydroxide to yield 4.8g of 1(g). Diastereomer 1 : LC-MS (ESI): m/z=537.5 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.79 (d, 1H), 8.09 (dd, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.22
(d, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 7.00 (dd, 1H), 4.76 (s, 1H), 4.64 (m, 1H), 3.88 (q,
1H), 3.71 (m, 3H), 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 3.00 (dd, 1H), 2.79 (m, 4H), 2.64 (dd,
1H), 2.42 (bs, 4H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.74 (m, 1H), 1.62 (m, 1 H), 1.38 (m, 6H), 0.82 (d, J=6.23Hz, 3H), 0.49 (t, 3H).
Diastereomer 2: LC-MS (ESI): m/z=537.5 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.80 (d, 1H), 8.09 (dd, 1H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.22
(d, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 7.00 (dd, 1H), 5.01 (s, 1H), 4.60 (m, 1H), 3.88 (q,
1H), 3.71 (m, 3H), 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 3.00 (dd, 1H), 2.79 (m, 4H), 2.64 (dd, 1H), 2.42 (bs, 4H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.74 (m, 1H), 1.62 (m,
1H), 1.38 (m, 6H), 0.90 (d, J=6.23Hz, 3H), 0.49 (t, 3H).
Diastereomer 3: LC-MS (ESI): m/z=537.5 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.79 (d, 1H), 8.09 (dd, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.22
(d, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 7.00 (dd, 1H), 4.95 (s, 1H), 4.64 (m, 1H), 3.88 (q, 1H), 3.71 (m, 3H), 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 3.00 (dd, 1H), 2.79 (m, 4H), 2.64 (dd,
1H), 2.42 (bs, 4H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.74 (m, 1H), 1.62 (m,
1H), 1.38 (m, 6H), 1.03 (d, J=6.23Hz, 3H), 0.49 (t, 3H).
Diastereomer 4: LC-MS (ESI): m/z=537.5 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.80 (d, 1H), 8.09 (dd, 1H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 7.00 (dd, 1H), 4.69 (s, 1H), 4.60 (m, 1H), 3.88 (q,
1H), 3.71 (m, 3H), 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 3.00 (dd, 1H), 2.79 (m, 4H), 2.64 (dd,
1 H), 2.42 (bs, 4H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.00 (m, 1 H), 1.90 (m, 1 H), 1.74 (m, 1 H), 1.62 (m, 1 H), 1.38 (m, 6H), 0.71 (d, J=6.23Hz, 3H), 0.49 (t, 3H).
Example 1(h) - (R)-3-(2-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S)-2,3- dihydroxypentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one: 1(g) (230mg, 0.429mmol) was dissolved in 2ml_ water / 4mL glacial acetic acid and heated in an oil bath at 45 0C. After 2 h the solvent was evaporated and the residue chromatographed on silica gel using 97.5:2.5 = acetonitrile: 28-30% aqueous ammonium hydroxide as eluent. After solvent evaporation, an oil was obtained. This was co-evaporated with 2ml diethyl ether leading to 92mg of 1(h) as yellowish solids. Diastereomer 1 : LC-MS (ESI): m/z=453.5 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.66 (d, 1 H), 8.33 (dd, 1H), 7.44 (d, 1 H), 7.21 (d, 2H), 7.15 (d, 1 H), 7.05 (dd, 1 H), 3.95 (q, 1 H), 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.36 (dd, 1 H), 3.08 (m, 1 H), 2.94 (m, 4H), 2.78(dd, 1H), 2.59 (bs, 4H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.13 (m, 1H), 1.89 (m, 3H), 1.24 (s, 1 H), 1.19 (s, 1 H), 1.47 (d, J=6.64Hz, 3H), 0.65 (t, 3H). Diastereomer 2: LC-MS (ESI): m/z=453.5 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.66 (d, 1 H), 8.33 (dd, 1 H), 7.30 (d, 1 H), 7.21 (d, 2H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.05 (dd, 1H), 3.87 (q, 1H), 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.40 (dd, 1 H), 3.08 (m, 1 H), 2.94 (m, 4H), 2.78(dd, 1 H), 2.59 (bs, 4H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.13 (m, 1 H), 1.89 (m, 3H), 1.24 (s, 1 H), 1.19 (s, 1 H), 0.90 (d, J=6.64Hz, 3H), 0.65 (t, 3H). Example 1(i) - (R)-3-(2-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S,3/?)-2,3- dihydroxypentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one, 1(i)(a), and (/?)-3-(2-(4- Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S,3S)-2,3-dihydroxypentan-3-yl)pyιϊdin-3- yl)pyrrolidin-2-one, 1(i)(b):
1(h) was resolved into 1(i) by chiral chromatography on a Chiralpak AD 10cm x 50cm column (Chiral Technologies Inc., Exton, PA). 1(h) (1.95g) in methanol (15mL) was injected onto the column and eluted with heptane:ethanol = 60:40 at a flow rate of 300ml_/min to give 1(i)(a) and 1(i)(b) essentially free of the other enantiomer.
(f?)-3-(2-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S,3R)-2,3-dihydroxypentan-3- yl)pyhdin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one: Retention time 40 min, LC-MS (ESI): m/z=453.5 [M+H]+
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-Cl6) δ 8.81 (d, 1 H), 8.11 (dd, 1 H), 7.57 (d, 1 H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.20 (dd, 1 H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.04 (dd, 1H), 4.59 (s, 1 H), 4.58 (s, 1H), 3.90 (m, 1 H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.25 (dd, 1 H), 3.03 (m, 1 H), 2.82 (m, 4H), 2.68 (dd, 1 H), 2.45 (bs, 4H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.04 (m, 1 H), 1.94 (q, 2H), 1.78 (m, 1 H), 0.77 (d, 3H), 0.53 (t, 3H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 175.6, 158.8, 151.8, 138.6, 134.7,
134.0,130.1 , 127.2, 126.1 , 123.9, 120.7, 120.3, 79.1 , 72.1 , 55.2, 52.2, 45.8, 45.4, 43.5, 31.6, 29.6, 17.6, 7.7.
(f?)-3-(2-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S,3S)-2,3-dihydroxypentan-3- yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one: Retention time 85 min, LC-MS (ESI): m/z=453.5 [M+H]+
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.85 (d, 1 H), 8.14 (dd, 1 H), 7.60 (d, 1 H), 7.30 (d, 1 H), 7.24 (dd, 1 H), 7.18 (d, 1 H), 7.10 (dd, 1 H), 4.95 (bs, 1 H), 4.59 (bs, 1 H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.78 (m, 2H), 3.25 (dd, 1 H), 3.03 (m, 1H), 2.82 (bs, 4H), 2.68 (dd, 1 H), 2.45 (bs, 4H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 1.87 (m, 2H), 0.93 (d, 3H), 0.53 (t, 3H). To verify the absolute stereochemistry of the diastereomers Examples 1(i)(a) and 1(i)(b), the resolved diastereomers were derivatized to carbonates using 1 ,1 '- carbonyldiimidazole as derivatizing agent.
(/?)-3-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((4R,5S)-4-ethyl-5-methyl-2- oxo-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one: 1 (i)(a) (100mg, 0.22mmol) was dissolved 1 mL anhydrous CH2CI2 under nitrogen and 1 ,1 '-carbonyldiimidazole (43mg, 1.2eq. 0.27mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred 16h, 1 ml water was added and the organic phase was separated, dried with MgSO4, filtered and after solvent evaporation, 100mg of (f?)-3- (2-(4-methylpiperazin-1 -yl)benzyl)-1 -(6-((4R, 5S)-4-ethyl-5-methyl-2-oxo-1 ,3-dioxolan- 4-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one was obtained as oil.
(R)-3-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((4S,5S)-4-ethyl-5-methyl-2- oxo-1 ,3-dioxolan-4-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one:
1(i)(b) (100mg, 0.22mmol) was dissolved 1 mL anhydrous CH2CI2 under nitrogen and 43mg (1.2eq. 0.27mmol) of 1 ,1 '-carbonyldiimidazole was added. The reaction mixture was stirred 16h, 1 ml water was added and the organic phase was separated, dried with MgSO4, filtered and after solvent evaporation, the crude
products was obtained. This was chromatographed on silica gel using 25% isopropanol in 75% acetonitrile as eluent. After combining the appropriate fractions 50mg of (R)-3-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-1 -yl)benzyl)-1 -(6-((4S, 5S)-4-ethyl-5-methyl-2- oxo-1 , 3-dioxolan-4-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one was obtained as oil. For the discussions of the data, the following numbering was used:
7
NMR Sample Preparation
Approximately 10 mg of each sample were dissolved in 0.8 mL of 99.8% chloroform-d (CDCI3) containing 0.05% w/w tetramethylsilane (TMS). The 1 D proton spectrum for 1(i)(b) was referenced using the internal standard, TMS, and set equal to 0.00 ppm. The 1 D proton spectrum for 1 (i)(a) was referenced using the residual protonated solvent, and set equal to 7.27 ppm. The 1 D carbon spectrum for 1(i)(b)
was referenced using the solvent and set equal to 77.2 ppm. The 1 D carbon spectrum for 1 (i)(a) was referenced using the internal standard, TMS, and set equal to 0.00 ppm.
Instrumentation
All 1 D and 2D data for 1 (i)(b) were collected at 298K using a Bruker-Biospin 5mm gradient broadband inverse probe on a Bruker-Biospin DRX NMR spectrometer operating at 500 MHz. All 1 D and 2D data for 1(i)(a) were collected at 298K using a Bruker-Biospin 5mm gradient broadband observe probe on a Bruker-Biospin AV NMR spectrometer operating at 600 MHz. 1 D Data for the carbonate derivative of Example 1 (i)(a)*:
*s=singlet, d=doublet, dd=doublet of doublets, t=triplet, q=quartet, m=multiplet
The values in parenthesis indicate alternative peak assignments of these nuclei. The 1 D proton and carbon spectra were consistent with the structures of 1(i)(a) and 1 (i)(b). The 2D spectra showed the expected vicinal and geminal 1H-13C and 1H- 1H correlations for 1(i)(a) and 1(i)(b).
The stereochemistry at C27, relative to C28, of these two compounds was investigated using the 1H-1H NOESY data for each compound. The reduced degrees of rotational freedom of the carbonate, compared to the free diol, allowed the 1H-1H
NOESY data to be used to determine the relative stereochemistry at C27. When starting with (S)-methyl lactate, the stereochemistry at C28 has the "S" configuration.
For 1 (i)(a), the 1H-1H NOESY data shows key correlations of H28 to H30 and H32, respectively. For 1 (i)(b), the 1H-1H NOESY data shows a key correlation between H30 and H33. These data, and the reported configuration at C28, allow the determination of the relative stereochemistry at C27 as shown in structures for 1(i)(a) and 1(i)(b).
Example 2(a) - (S)-Methyl 2-((2-
(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)propanoate:
(S)-Methyl lactate (10.9g, 105mmol) was mixed with Λ/,Λ/-diisopropylethylamine (16.2g, 1.2eq. 126mmol) in 10OmL of anhydrous CH2CI2 and cooled to 3°C under N2- atm. (2-(Chloromethoxy)ethyl)trimethylsilane (20.9g, 1.2eq. 126mmol) was added dropwise and the cooling bath was removed and stirred for 16h at RT. The mixture was quenched with 10OmL of 1 M aqueous HCI, the organic layer was separated, washed with 10OmL water, 10OmL brine, dried with MgSO4, filtered through a paper filter and after solvent evaporation 26.6g of 2(a) was obtained as a yellowish liquid, which was used without further purification.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 4.61 (dd, 2H), 4.12 (q, 1 H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.51 (m, 2H), 1.25 (d, J=7.07Hz, 3H), 0.81 (m, 2H), -0.03 (s, 9H).
Example 2(b) - (S)-2-((2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)propan-1-ol 2(a) (5.1 Og) was mixed with 2OmL anhydrous THF and 2OmL (40mmol) borane - dimethylsulfide complex, 2M solution in THF, was added dropwise. The reaction solution was refluxed 2 h, allowed to cool to RT and 1 OmL water was added. The solvent was evaporated and the residue partitioned between 5OmL CH2CI2 - 5OmL water, the organic phase was separated and washed with 5OmL water, 5OmL brine, dried with MgSO4 and filtered through a paper filter. After solvent evaporation, 4.41 g 2(b) was obtained as a colourless liquid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.75 (ddd, J = 2.08, 7.06, 18.43, 2H), 3.72 (m, 2H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.46 (m, 1 H), 2.78 (bs, 1 H), 1.14 (dd, J = 2.08, 6.23Hz, 3H), 0.93 (m, 2H), 0.00 (s, 9H).
Example 2(c) - (S)-2-((2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)propanal: A 2 M solution of oxalyl chloride in CH2CI2 (15.6mL, 1.5eq. 31.2mmol) was combined with 5OmL of anhydrous CH2CI2 and cooled under nitrogen atmosphere to -
72°C. A solution of anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (4.44mL, 3eq. 62.5mmol, 4.88g) in
1 OmL of anhydrous CH2CI2 was added dropwise. After stirring 15 minutes, a solution of 2(b) (4.3Og, 20.8mmol) in 12mL anhydrous CH2CI2 was added dropwise and the suspension was stirred for 1 hour. Triethylamine (14.5mL, 5eq. 104mmol) was added dropwise, the cooling bath removed and the reaction mixture allowed to warm to RT.
The solids were removed by filtration, the filtrate washed with 15OmL water, 15OmL brine, dried with MgSO4 and concentrated to oil. The crude aldehyde was distilled under high vacuum (<1mbar), and the material boiling at 67 to 920C was collected yielding 1.54g of 2(c) as a colourless liquid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.62 (s, 1 H), 4.75 (dd, J = 7.06, 2H), 4.01 (q, 1 H), 3.69 (m, 1 H), 3.62 (m, 1 H), 3.46 (m, 1 H), 1.29 (d, J = 7.01 Hz, 3H), 0.91 (m, 2H), -0.03 (S, 9H).
Example 2(d) - (2S)-2-((2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)pentan-3-ol: Working under N2-atm, 6.64mL (1.2eq. 13.3mmol) of 2M ethylmagnesium chloride in THF was combined with 15mL of diethyl ether and cooled to -72°C. A
solution of 2.26g (1eq. 1 1.1 mmol) of 2(c) in 2mL of diethyl ether was added dropwise. The resulting suspension was allowed to warm to +O0C. After cooling to -25°C, 9ml saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm-up to RT. The layers were separated, the organic phase was washed with 15ml_ brine, dried with MgSO4 and concentrated yielding 2.71 g of 2(d) as a slightly yellowish liquid.
Diastereomer 1 : 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.70 (m, 2H), 3.68 (m, 1 H), 3.65 (m, 2H), 3.32 (m, 1 H), 2.32 (bs, 1 H), 1.54 (m, 1 H) 1.41 (m, 1 H), 1.15 (dd, J = 1.66, 6.23Hz, 3H), 0.97 (t, 3H), 0.92 (m, 2H), -0.03 (s, 9H). Diastereomer 2: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.75 (m, 2H), 3.68 (m, 1 H), 3.65
(m, 2H), 3.52 (m, 1 H), 2.32 (bs, 1 H), 1.41 (m, 2H), 1.11 (dd, J = 1.66, 6.22Hz, 3H), 0.97 (t, 3H), 0.92 (m, 2H), -0.03 (s, 9H).
Example 2(e) - (S)-2-((2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)pentan-3-one:
A 2 M solution of oxalyl chloride in CH2CI2 (8.61 ml_, 1.5eq. 17.2mmol)) was combined with 25ml_ of anhydrous CH2CI2 and cooled under a nitrogen atmosphere to -72°C. A solution of anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (2.44ml_, 3eq. 34.4mmol, 2.69g) in 5.5mL of anhydrous CH2CI2 was added dropwise. After stirring 15 minutes, a solution of 2(d) (2.69g, 1eq. 11.5mmol) in 6.5mL anhydrous CH2CI2 was added dropwise and the suspension was stirred for 1 hour. Triethylamine (4.8mL, 3eq. 34.2mmol, 3.48 g) was added dropwise, the cooling bath removed and the reaction mixture allowed to warm to RT. The solids were removed by filtration, the filtrate washed with 8OmL water, 8OmL brine, dried with MgSO4 and concentrated to a brown liquid. The crude product was distilled under high vacuum (<1 mbar), collecting fractions boiling at 80- 930C yielding to 1.54g of 2(e) as a yellowish liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.71 (d, 1 H), 4.65 (d, 1 H), 4.13 (q, 1 H), 3.58 (dd,
2H), 2.54 (m, 2H), 1.30 (dd, J = 1.24, 6.64Hz, 3H), 1.04 (t, 3H), 0.91 (m, 2H), -0.03 (s, 9H).
Example 2(f) - (2S)-3-(5-Bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)- methoxy)pentan-3-ol: 2,5-Dibromopyridine (102mg, 0.435mmol, 1eq.) and 2(e) (101 mg, 0.435mmol,
1 eq.) were dissolved in 495μL of toluene and the resulting solution cooled to - 00C
under nitrogen. 2.5 M n-Butyllithium (184μL, 1.06eq.) in hexanes was then added dropwise and the resulting mixture was stirred for 5 min until the reaction was quenched by addition of 30μL methanol. The reaction solution was extracted with water (1 mL), the organic layer was separated and dried with MgSO4. After solvent evaporation 137mg 2(f) was obtained as a brown oil.
Diastereomer 1 : LC-MS (ESI): m/z=390.2 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 8.60 (d, 1H), 7.96 (m, 1H), 7.54 (d, 1 H), 4.93 (s, 1 H), 4.40 (d, J = 6.64, 1H), 4.26 (d, J = 6.64, 1H), 3.95 (q, 1H), 3.54 (m, 2H), 1.86 (m, 1 H), 1.59 (m, 1 H), 1.05 (d, J = 6.23, 3H), 0.82 (m, 1 H), 0.65 (m, 1 H), 0.45 (t, 3H), - 0.05 (s, 9H).
Diastereomer 2: LC-MS (ESI): m/z=390.2 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 8.60 (d, 1H), 7.96 (m, 1H), 7.51 (d, 1H), 4.89 (s, 1 H), 4.65 (d, J = 7.06, 1 H), 4.60 (d, J = 7.06, 1 H), 3.95 (q, 1H), 3.05 (m, 1 H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 1.87 (m, 2H)1 0.82 (m, 1 H), 0.75 (d, J = 6.23, 3H), 0.65 (m, 1 H), 0.45 (t, 3H), - 0.09 (s, 9H).
Example 2(g) - (R)-3-(2-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S)-3- hydroxy-2-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)pentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin- 2 -one:
2(f) (60mg, 1eq. 0.92mmol) and (R)-3-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-1- yl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-2-one (303mg, 1.2eq. 1.11mmol) were combined and stirred in
935μL of dry toluene. CuI (18mg, 0.1 eq 0.092mmol) was added followed by potassium carbonate (255mg, 2.0eq. 1.84mmol), Λ/,Λ/'-dimethylethylenediamine
(20μL, 16 mg, 0.20eq. 0.184mmol), and 47μL of water. The thick suspension was refluxed for 22 h, at which point HPLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The mixture was filtered through a Celite® bed, the filtrate was washed with 1mL water,
1 mL brine, dried with MgSO4 and concentrated to 632mg of a dark oil. The crude material was chromatographed on a silica gel column, eluting with 95:5 = acetonitrile:28-30% aqueous ammonium hydroxide to yield 446mg of 2(g) as a clear oil. Diastereomer 1 : LOMS (ESI): m/z=583.5 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.84 (d, J = 2.49, 1H), 8.07 (t, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 4.15, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 7.00 (dd, 1H), 4.94 (s, 1H), 4.43 (d, J = 7.06, 1H), 4.29 (d, J = 7.06, 1H), 3.94 (d, J = 6.23, 1H), 3.71 (m, 2H), 3.20 (m, 1H), 3.09 (m, 1H), 3.00 (m, 2H), 2.79 (bs, 4H), 2.63, (dd, 1H), 2.44 (bs, 4H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.99 (m, 1H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.82 (m, 1H), 1.61 (m, 1H), 1.02 (d, J = 6.23Hz, 3H), 0.82 (m, 1H), 0.69 (m, 1H), 0.46, (q, 3H), -0.12 (s, 9H).
Diastereomer 2: LC-MS (ESI): m/z=583.5 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.80 (d, J = 2.49, 1H), 8.10 (t, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 4.15, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 7.00 (dd, 1H), 4.79 (s, 1H), 4.66 (d, J = 7.06, 1H), 4.60 (d, J = 7.06, 1H), 3.94 (d, J = 6.23, 1H), 3.71 (m, 2H), 3.20 (m, 1H), 3.09 (m, 1H), 3.00 (m, 2H), 2.79 (bs, 4H), 2.63, (dd, 1H), 2.44 (bs, 4H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.99 (m, 1H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.82 (m, 1H), 1.61 (m, 1H), 0.82 (m, 1H), 0.76 (d, J = 6.23Hz, 3H), 0.69 (m, 1H), 0.46, (q, 3H)1 -0.02 (s, 9H).
Example 2(h) - (f?)-3-(2-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S)-2,3- dihydroxypentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one:
2(g) (31 mg, 0.053mmol) was dissolved to 300μL THF, 55mg (4eq.0.212mmol) tetrabutylammonium fluoride hydrate was added and heated for 24h at 5O0C. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was chromatographed on silica gel using 97.5:2.5 = acetonitrile:28-30% aqueous ammonium hydroxide as eluent. After solvent evaporation, 19mg of 2(h) was obtained as a colourless oil.
Diastereomer 1: LC-MS (ESI): m/z=453.5 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.66 (d, 1H), 8.33 (dd, 1H), 7.44 (d, 1H), 7.21 (d, 2H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.05 (dd, 1H), 3.95 (q, 1H), 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.36 (dd, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 2.94 (m, 4H), 2.78(dd, 1H), 2.59 (bs, 4H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.13 (m, 1H), 1.89 (m, 3H), 1.24 (S, 1H), 1.19 (s, 1H), 1.47 (d, J=6.64Hz, 3H), 0.65 (t, 3H).
Diastereomer 2: LC-MS (ESI): m/z=453.5 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.66 (d, 1H), 8.33 (dd, 1H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 7.21 (d, 2H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.05 (dd, 1H), 3.87 (q, 1H), 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.40 (dd, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 2.94 (m, 4H), 2.78(dd, 1H), 2.59 (bs, 4H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.13 (m, 1H), 1.89 (m, 3H), 1.24 (s, 1H), 1.19 (s, 1H), 0.90 (d, J=6.64Hz, 3H), 0.65 (t, 3H).
2(h) was resolved into 2(i) by chiral chromatography as discussed for Example 1(i).
Example 3(a) - (S)-Methyl 2-(ferf-butyldiphenylsilyloxy)propanoate:
(S)-Methyl lactate (3.27g, 31.4mmol) was mixed with imidazole (2.63g, 1.25eq. 39.3mmol) in 25ml_ of anhydrous Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide at RT under N2-atm. tert-
Butyldiphenylsilyl chloride (10.36g, 1.2eq. 37.7mmol) was added dropwise and stirred for 16 h at RT. 15OmL Diisopropyl ether was added and the mixture was extracted with 10OmL of 1 M aqueous HCI, 10OmL water, 10OmL brine, dried with MgSO4, filtered through a paper filter and after solvent evaporation 13.37g of crude product was obtained, which was chrotatographed on Silica gel using hexanes: ethyl acetate =
95:5 as eluent returning 9.2Og of 3(a) as a colorless oil.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 7.55 (d, 4H), 7.40 (m, 6H), 4.20 (q, 1 H), 3.46 (s, 3H), 1.26 (d, J=6.64Hz, 3H), 0.99 (s, 9H).
Example 3(b) - (S)-2-(tert-Butyldiphenylsilyloxy)propan-1-ol: 3(a) (4.2Og, 12.3 mmol) was mixed with 25mL anhydrous THF and 12.5mL (2 eq. 25mmol) borane-dimethylsulfide complex, 2 M solution in THF, was added dropwise. The reaction solution was refluxed 2h, let cool down to RT and 1OmL water was added. The solvent was evaporated and the residue partitioned between 5OmL CH2CI2 - 5OmL water, the organic phase was separated and washed with 5OmL water, 5OmL brine, dried with MgSO4 and filtered through a paper filter. After solvent evaporation, 4.3Og of crude product was obtained, which was chromatographed on Silica gel using hexanes: ethyl acetate = 9:1 as eluent returning 3.16g of 3(b) as a colourless oil.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.66 (m, 4H), 7.37 (m, 6H), 3.93 (m, 1 H), 3.49 (dd, J = 3.32, 11.21 Hz.1 H), 3.49 (dd, J = 5.40, 10.79Hz,1 H), 1.26 (d, J=6.64Hz, 3H), 1.89 (bs, 1 H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.03 (d, J = 6.23Hz, 3H).
Example 3(c) - (S)-2-(tert-Butyldiphenylsilyloxy)propanal:
A 2 M solution of oxalyl chloride in CH2CI2 (7.5mL, 1.5eq. 15mmol) was combined with 25mL of anhydrous CH2CI2 and cooled under a nitrogen atmosphere to -72°C. A solution of 2.13mL (3eq. 30mmol, 2.35g) of anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide in
4.8mL of anhydrous CH2CI2 was added dropwise. After stirring 15 minutes, a solution
of 3.15g (lO.Ommol) of 3(b) in 5.8mL anhydrous CH2CI2 was added dropwise and the suspension was stirred for 1 hour. Triethylamine (6.98ml_, 5 eq. 50mmol, 5.07g) was added dropwise, the cooling bath removed and the reaction mixture allowed to warm to RT. The reaction mixture was washed with 15OmL water, 15OmL brine, dried with MgSO4 and concentrated to an oil. The crude aldehyde was stirred for 15 min in 1OmL hexanes, the solids were removed by filtration and after solvent evaporation, 2.99 g of 3(c) was obtained as a colourless oil.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.62 (d, J = 5.40Hz, 1 H), 7.63 (m, 4H), 7.37 (m, 6H), 4.07 (m, 1 H), 1.20 (t, 3H), 1.08 (s, 9H). Example 3(d) - (2S)-2-(tert-Butyldiphenylsilyloxy)pentan-3-ol:
Working under N2-atm, 5.94mL (1.25eq. 11.9mmol) of 2M ethylmagnesium chloride in THF was combined with 13.5mL of diethyl ether and cooled to -72°C. A solution of 3(c) (2.97g, 1eq. 9.5mmol) in 2.5mL of diethyl ether was added dropwise. The resulting suspension was allowed to warm to +00C. After cooling to -25°C, 8mL saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm-up to RT. The layers were separated, the organic phase was washed with 1OmL brine, dried with MgSO4 and concentrated yielding 3.07g of 3(d) as a tan oil.
Diastereomer 1 : 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.66 (m, 4H), 7.37 (m, 6H), 3.72 (m, 1 H), 3.48 (m, 1 H), 1.90 (bs, 1 H), 1.36 (m, 1 H), 1.23 (m, 1 H), 1.06 (s, 9H), 0.97 (d, 3H), 0.83 (t, 3H).
Diastereomer 2: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.66 (m, 4H), 7.37 (m, 6H), 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.27 (m, 1H), 1.90 (bs, 1 H), 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.36 (m, 1H), 1.06 (s, 9H), 0.97 (d, 3H), 0.89 (t, 3H). Example 3(e) - (S)-2-(tert-Butyldiphenylsilyloxy)pentan-3-one:
A 2 M solution of oxalyl chloride in CH2CI2 (6.7mL, 1.5eq. 13.4mmol) was combined with 2OmL of anhydrous CH2CI2 and cooled under a nitrogen atmosphere to -720C. A solution of anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (1.9OmL, 3eq. 26.8mmol, 2.09g) in 4.3mL of anhydrous CH2CI2 was added dropwise. After stirring 15 minutes, a solution of 3(d) (3.06g, 1eq. 8.93mmol) in 5mL anhydrous CH2CI2 was added dropwise and the suspension was stirred for 1 hour. Triethylamine (3.74mL, 3eq. 26.8mmol, 2.71 g) was
added dropwise, the cooling bath removed and the reaction mixture allowed to warm to RT. The solids were removed by filtration, the filtrate washed with 5OmL water, 5OmL brine, dried with MgSO4 and concentrated to a tan oil. The crude product was chromatographed on Silica gel by using hexanes:ethyl acetate = 95:5 as eluent yielding to 2.12g of 3(e) as a slightly yellowish oil.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.64 (m, 4H), 7.37 (m, 6H), 4.19 (q, 1 H), 2.56 (q, 2H), 1.16 (d, J = 7.06Hz, 3H), 1.08 (s, 9H), 0.95 (t, 3H).
Example 3(f) - (2S)-3-(5-Bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(tert-butyldiphenylsilyloxy)- pentan-3-ol: 2,5-Dibromopyridine (385mg, 1.62mmol, 1.1eq.) and 3(e) (500mg, 1.47mmol,
1eq.) were dissolved in 1.67mL of toluene and the resulting solution cooled to - 00C under N2-atm. 2.5 M n-Butyllithium (622μL, 1.06eq.) in hexanes was then added dropwise and the resulting mixture was stirred for 5 min until the reaction was quenched by addition of 100μL methanol. The reaction solution was extracted with water (3.5mL), the organic layer was separated and dried with MgSO4. After solvent evaporation 729mg crude product was obtained as a brown oil. The crude product was chromatographed on Silica gel by using hexanes:ethyl acetate:triethylamine = 92:8:0.1 as eluent yielding to 473mg of 3(f).
Diastereomer 1 (Major): LC-MS (ESI): m/z=498.3 [M+H]+ 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.55 (d, J = 2.49Hz, 1 H), 7.93 (dd, J = 2.49,
8.30Hz, 1 H), 7.54 (m, 4H), 7.50, (d, 1H), 7.40 (m, 6H), 4.87 (s, 1 H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 2.26 (m, 1 H), 1.95 (m, 1 H), 1.11 (d, J = 6.64Hz, 3H), 1.00 (s, 9H), 0.79 (t, 3H).
Diastereomer 2 (Minor): LC-MS (ESI): m/z=498.3 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.58 (d, J = 2.49Hz, 1 H)1 8.01 (dd, J = 2.49, 8.30Hz, 1H), 7.54 (m, 4H),7.50, (d, 1 H), 7.40 (m, 6H), 4.87 (s, 1 H), 4.15 (m, 1 H), 1.78 (m, 1 H), 1.55 (m, 1 H), 1.00 (s, 9H), 0.85 (d, J = 6.23Hz, 3H), 0.46 (t, 3H).
Example 3(g) - (/?)-3-(2-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S)-2-(fert- butyldiphenylsilyloxy)-3-hydroxypentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one:
3(f) (137mg, 1eq. 0.274mmol) and (f?)-3-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)- pyrrolidin-2-one (90mg, 1.2eq. 0.329mmol) were combined and stirred in 250μL of dry toluene. CuI (5 mg, 0.1 eq 0.027mmol) was added followed by potassium carbonate
(76mg, 2.0eq. 0.547mmol), Λ/,Λ/-dimethylethylenediamine (5.8μL, 4.8mg, 0.20eq. 0.055mmol), and finally, 12.5μL of water. The thick suspension was refluxed for 2 days, at which point HPLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The mixture was filtered through a Celite® bed, the filtrate was washed 2 times with equal amount of water then brine, dried with MgSO4 and concentrated to 310mg of dark oil. The crude material was chromatographed on a silica gel column, eluting with 95:5 = acetonitrile:28-30% aqueous ammonium hydroxide to yield 64mg of 3(g).
Diastereomer 1 (Major): LC-MS (ESI): m/z=691.5 [M+H]+
1H NMR (700 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.66 (d, J = 2.54Hz, 1 H), 8.17 (dd, J = 2.62, 8.72Hz, 1 H), 7.65 (dd, 4H), 7.42 (m, 3H), 7.37 (m, 4H), 7.24 (d, 1 H), 7.23 (d, 1 H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.00 (dd, 1H), 4.13 (q, 1H), 3.73 (m, 3H), 3.45 (dd, J = 3.67, 13.67Hz, 1 H), 3.12 (bs, 4H), 3.08 (bs, 4H), 3.00 (m, 1 H), 2.68 (m, 1 H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.18 (m, 1 H), 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.98 (m, 1H), 1.89 (m, 1H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 0.76 (d, J = 6.29Hz, 3H), 0.65 (t, 3H). Diastereomer 2 (Minor): LC-MS (ESI): m/z=691.5 [M+H]+
Example 3(h) - (R)-3-(2-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S)-2,3- dihydroxypentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one:
3(g) (6mg, 8.7μmol) was dissolved to 100μL THF, tetrabutylammonium fluoride hydrate (9mg, 4eq. 34.8μmol) was added and heated for 12h at 5O0C. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was chromatographed on silica gel using 97.5:2.5 = acetonitrile:28-30% aqueous ammonium hydroxide as eluent. After solvent evaporation, 2mg of 3(h) was obtained as a colourless oil.
Diastereomer 1: LC-MS (ESI): m/z=453.4 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.66 (d, 1 H), 8.33 (dd, 1 H), 7.44 (d, 1 H), 7.21 (d, 2H), 7.15 (d, 1 H), 7.05 (dd, 1 H), 3.95 (q, 1 H), 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.36 (dd, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1 H), 2.94 (m, 4H), 2.78(dd, 1 H), 2.59 (bs, 4H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.13 (m, 1 H), 1.89 (m, 3H), 1.24 (s, 1 H), 1.19 (s, 1 H), 1.47 (d, J=6.64Hz, 3H), 0.65 (t, 3H).
Diastereomer 2: LC-MS (ESI): m/z=453.4 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.66 (d, 1 H), 8.33 (dd, 1 H), 7.30 (d, 1 H), 7.21 (d, 2H), 7.15 (d, 1 H), 7.05 (dd, 1 H), 3.87 (q, 1 H), 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.40 (dd, 1 H), 3.08 (m,
1 H), 2.94 (m, 4H), 2.78(dd, 1 H), 2.59 (bs, 4H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.13 (m, 1 H), 1.89 (m, 3H), 1.24 (s, 1 H), 1.19 (s, 1 H), 0.90 (d, J=6.64Hz, 3H), 0.65 (t, 3H).
3(h) was resolved into 3(i) by chiral chromatography as discussed for Example 1(i). Example 4(a) - (S)-Methyl 2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)propanoate:
(S)-Methyl lactate (5.45g, 52.4mmol) was mixed with of te/Y-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (9.47g, 1.2eq. 62.8mmol) in 35mL of anhydrous Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide at RT under N2-atm. Imidazole (4.39g, 1.25eq. 65.4mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 4.5 h at RT. Diisopropyl ether (15OmL) was added and the mixture was extracted with 15OmL of 1 M aqueous HCI, 15OmL water, 15OmL brine, dried with MgSO4, filtered through a paper filter and after solvent evaporation 12.33g of 4(a) was obtained as a colorless oil.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 4.33 (q, 1 H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 1.25 (d, J=6.64Hz, 3H), 0.82 (s, 9H), 0.01 (s, 6H). Example 4(b) (S)-2-(terf-Butyldimethylsilyloxy)propanal:
4(a) (5.0Og, 22.9 mmol) was mixed with 2OmL hexanes and cooled to -72°C under N2-atm. Diisobutylaluminium hydride (29.8ml, 1.3eq. 29.8mmol), 1 M solution in hexanes, was added and stirred for 1 h. 3mL of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm-up to RT. 10OmL Hexanes was added and the solids were removed by filtration. After solvent evaporation 3.31 g of crude product was obtained, which was vacuum distilled and the material boiling at 98-102°C/42mbar was collected yielding 1.5Og of 4(b) as a colourless liquid.
1H NMR (400 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 9.60 (s, 1 H), 4.07 (m, 1 H), 1.26 (d, J = 7.06Hz, 3H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.07 (s, 6H).
Example 5(a) - (S)-2-Hydroxy-1-morpholinopropan-1-one:
(S)-Methyl lactate (10.9g, 105mmol) and morpholine (36.5g, 4eq. 419mmol) were heated 24 h at 110 0C under N2-atm. Excess morpholine was evaporated and the crude product was distilled under high vacuum (<1 mbar), collecting fractions boiling at 115 -125°C yielding to 10.7g of 5(a) as a colorless liquid.
LC-MS (ESI): m/z=160.2 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.42 (q, 1 H), 3.92 (bs, 1 H), 3.69 (m, 6H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 1.30 (d, J = 6.64Hz, 3H).
Example 5(b) - (S)-1-Morpholino-2-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)- propan-1-one: 5(a) (1.99g, 12.5mmol) was mixed with Λ/,Λ/-diisopropylethylamine (2.02g,
1.25eq. 15.6mmol) in 12mL of anhydrous CH2CI2 and cooled in an ice-bath under N2- atm. (2-(Chloromethoxy)ethyl)trimethylsilane (2.5Og, 1.2eq. 15.0mmol) was added dropwise, the cooling bath was removed and stirred for 19h at RT. The reaction mixture was quenched with 12ml_ of 1 M aqueous HCI, the organic layer was separated, washed with 12mL water, 12ml_ brine, dried with MgSO4, filtered through a paper filter and after solvent evaporation 3.82g of 5(b) was obtained as a yellow liquid, which was used without further purification.
LC-MS (ESI): m/z=290.3 [M+H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.71 (d, J = 7.06Hz, 1 H), 4.64 (d, J = 7.06Hz, 1 H), 4.51 (q, 1H), 3.62 (m, 10H), 1.38 (d, J = 7.06Hz, 3H), 0.92 (m, 2H), 0.05 (s, 9H).
Example 5(c) - (S)-2-((2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)pentan-3-one:
Working under N2-atm, 5(b) (706mg, 2.44mmol) was mixed with 2OmL anhydrous THF and cooled in an ice bath. 2 M Ethylmagnesium chloride (2.44mL, 2.0eq. 4.78mmol) in THF was added dropwise and stirred for 20 min. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (0.5mL) was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm-up to RT. The solvent was evaporated and the residue partitioned between 2OmL CH2CI2 and 2OmL 1 M aqueous HCI. The layers were separated, the organic phase was washed with 2OmL water, 2OmL brine, dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated yielding to 682mg of 5(c) as a yellowish liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.71 (d, 1 H), 4.65 (d, 1 H), 4.13 (q, 1H), 3.58 (dd,
2H), 2.54 (m, 2H), 1.30 (dd, J = 1.24, 6.64Hz, 3H), 1.04 (t, 3H), 0.91 (m, 2H), -0.03 (s, 9H).
1-[6-(1-Ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)- benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one (formula I) was biosynthesized by incubating 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1- hydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one (10 uM) with human hepatocytes (ca 1.0 x 106 cells/mL) for 4 hr at 370C under an
atmosphere of O2/CO2 (95/5). At the end of the incubation, 0.05M carbonate buffer pH10 was added and the mixture was extracted with methyl-t-butyl ether. Comparing the extract to the diastereomers made, it was discovered that the main metabolite is essentially (R)-3-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-1 -yl)benzyl)-1 -(6-((2S,3f?)-2,3- dihydroxypentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one. By "essentially", it is meant that HPLC analysis showed a measurable peak for that co-eluted with only (R)-3-(2-(4- Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S,3R)-2,3-dihydroxypentan-3-yl)pyridin-3- yl)pyrrolidin-2-one.
The subject invention also includes isotopically-labeled compounds, which are identical to those shown in formula I among other compounds encompassed by the invention, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 180, 170, 35S, respectively.
Compounds of the present invention, prodrugs thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds or of said prodrugs which contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention, for example, those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H and 14C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e., 3H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, can be preferred in some circumstances, lsotopically labeled compounds of formula I1 II, and II' of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures exemplified below or those known in the art. 14C-I -[6- (1 -ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-benzyl]- pyrrolidin-2-one can be prepared by the methods outlined and exemplified in U.S. Pat.
No. 5,552,412 by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non- isotopically labeled reagent.
The present invention also relates to a method to treat or the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for treating a disorder or condition in a mammal, including a human, selected from depression, anxiety, depression with concomitant anxiety, dysthymia, post traumatic stress disorder, panic phobias, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), OCD with comorbid Tourette's Syndrome, borderline personality disorder, sleep disorder, psychosis, seizures, dyskinesis, symptoms of Huntington's or Parkinson's diseases, spasticity, suppression of seizures resulting from epilepsy, cerebral ischemia, anorexia, faintness attacks, hypokinesia, cranial traumas, chemical dependencies, premature ejaculation, premenstrual syndrome (PMS) associated mood and appetite disorder, inflammatory bowel disease, modification of feeding behavior, blocking carbohydrate cravings, late luteal phase dysphoric disorder, tobacco withdrawal-associated symptoms, panic disorder, bipolar disorder, sleep disorders, jet lag, cognitive dysfunction, hypertension, bulimia, anorexia, obesity, cardiac arrhythmias, chemical dependencies and addictions selected from dependencies on, or addictions to nicotine or tobacco products, alcohol, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, opioids or cocaine; pathological gambling; trichotilomania; headache, stroke, traumatic brain injury (TBI), psychosis, Huntington's Chorea, tardive dyskinesia, hyperkinesia, dyslexia, schizophrenia, multi-infarct dementia, epilepsy, senile dementia of the Alzheimer's type (AD), Parkinson's disease (PD), attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and Tourette's Syndrome, comprising an effective amount of a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Said method may also include the administration of 5-HT re-uptake inhibitors, preferably sertraline, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for said treatment.
The present invention also relates to a method of treating a disorder or condition referred to hereinabove in a mammal, including a human, comprising administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an amount of a compound of the formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, that is effective in treating such disorder or condition.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for use in treating a disorder or condition referred to hereinabove in a mammal, comprising an amount of a compound of formula I that is effective to provide activity as an antagonist, inverse agonist or partial agonist of 5-HTiB receptors and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to a method of treating a disorder or condition referred to herein in a mammal, comprising administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an amount of a compound of the formula I that is effective to provide activity as an antagonist, inverse agonist or partial agonist of 5-HTiB receptors.
As used herein, the term "depression" includes depressive disorders, for example, single episodic or recurrent major depressive disorders, and dysthymic disorders, depressive neurosis, and neurotic depression; melancholic depression including anorexia, weight loss, insomnia and early morning waking, and psychomotor retardation; atypical depression (or reactive depression) including increased appetite, hypersomnia, psychomotor agitation or irritability, anxiety and phobias, seasonal affective disorder, or bipolar disorders or manic depression, for example, bipolar I disorder, bipolar Il disorder and cyclothymic disorder.
Other mood disorders encompassed within the term "depression" include dysthymic disorder with early or late onset and with or without atypical features; dementia of the Alzheimer's type, with early or late onset, with depressed mood; vascular dementia with depressed mood, disorders induced by alcohol, amphetamines, cocaine, hallucinogens, inhalants, opioids, phencyclidine, sedatives, hypnotics, anxiolytics and other substances; schizoaffective disorder of the depressed type; and adjustment disorder with depressed mood.
As used herein, the term "anxiety" includes anxiety disorders, such as panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, agoraphobia without history of panic disorder, specific phobias, for example, specific animal phobias, social phobias, obsessive- compulsive disorder, stress disorders including post-traumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder, and generalized anxiety disorders.
"Generalized anxiety" is typically defined as an extended period (e.g., at least six months) of excessive anxiety or worry with symptoms on most days of that period.
The anxiety and worry is difficult to control and may be accompanied by restlessness, being easily fatigued, difficulty concentrating, irritability, muscle tension, and disturbed sleep.
"Panic disorder" is defined as the presence of recurrent panic attacks followed by at least one month of persistent concern about having another panic attack. A "panic attack" is a discrete period in which there is a sudden onset of intense apprehension, fearfulness or terror. During a panic attack, the individual may experience a variety of symptoms including palpitations, sweating, trembling, shortness of breath, chest pain, nausea and dizziness. Panic disorder may occur with or without agoraphobia.
"Phobias" includes agoraphobia, specific phobias and social phobias. "Agoraphobia" is characterized by an anxiety about being in places or situations from which escape might be difficult or embarrassing or in which help may not be available in the event of a panic attack. Agoraphobia may occur without history of a panic attack. A "specific phobia" is characterized by clinically significant anxiety provoked by feared object or situation. Specific phobias include the following subtypes: animal type, cued by animals or insects; natural environment type, cued by objects in the natural environment, for example storms, heights or water; blood-injection-injury type, cued by the sight of blood or an injury or by seeing or receiving an injection or other invasive medical procedure; situational type, cued by a specific situation such as public transportation, tunnels, bridges, elevators, flying, driving or enclosed spaces; and other type where fear is cued by other stimuli. Specific phobias may also be referred to as simple phobias. A "social phobia" is characterized by clinically significant anxiety provoked by exposure to certain types of social or performance circumstances. Social phobia may also be referred to as social anxiety disorder.
Other anxiety disorders encompassed within the term "anxiety" include anxiety disorders induced by alcohol, amphetamines, caffeine, cannabis, cocaine, hallucinogens, inhalants, phencychdine, sedatives, hypnotics, anxiolytics and other
substances, and adjustment disorders with anxiety or with mixed anxiety and depression.
In another practice, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition for treating a condition or disorder that can be treated by enhancing serotonergic neurotransmission in a mammal, preferably a human, comprising: a) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; b) a compound of formula I; and c) one or more 5-HT re-uptake inhibitors, preferably sertraline, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein the amount of the active compounds (i.e., the compounds of formula I and the 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor) are such that the combination is effective in treating such disorder or condition.
In another practice, the invention relates to a method for treating a disorder or condition that can be treated by enhancing serotonergic neurotransmission in a mammal, preferably a human, comprising administering to a mammal requiring such treatment: a) a compound of formula I1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and b) one or more 5-HT re-uptake inhibitors, preferably sertraline, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein the amounts of the active compounds (i.e., the compound of formula I and the 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor) are such that the combination is effective in treating such disorder or condition.
In another practice, the invention relates to a method for treating a disorder or condition that can be treated by enhancing serotonergic neurotransmission in a mammal, preferably a human, comprising administering to said mammal requiring such treatment: a) one or more 5-HTiA antagonists or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and b) a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein the amounts of each active compound are such that the combination is effective in treating such disorder or condition.
In another practice, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition for treating a disorder or condition that can be treated by enhancing serotonergic neurotransmission in a mammal, preferably a human, comprising: a) one or more 5-HTiA antagonists or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and b) a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein the amounts of each active compound are such that the combination is effective in treating such disorder or condition.
Sertraline, (1 S-cis)-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-N-methyl-1-naph- thalenamine, as used herein has the following structural formula
and ordinarily used in the form of its hydrochloride salt. The synthesis of sertraline is described in U.S. Patent No. 4,536,518, assigned to Pfizer Inc. Sertraline hydrochloride is useful as an antidepressant and anorectic agent, and is also useful in the treatment of depression, chemical dependencies, anxiety, obsessive compulsive disorders, phobias, panic disorder, post traumatic stress disorder, and premature ejaculation. When used for the treatment of one or more of the above conditions, 1-[6-(1- ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]- pyrrolidin-2-one can be used (either co-administered separately or within the same pharmaceutical composition) in combination with one or more other agents as described hereinabove. The pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of the compounds of this invention can be formed of the compound itself, or of any of its esters, and include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts which are often used in pharmaceutical chemistry.
For example, salts can be formed with inorganic or organic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfonic acids including such agents as naphthalenesulfonic, methanesulfonic and toluenesulfonic acids, fumaric acid, citric acid, salicylic acid, oxalic acid, methanesulfonic acid, maleic acid, di-p-toluoyl acid, tartaric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, tartaric acid, pyrosulfuric acid, metaphosphoric acid, succinic acid, formic acid, phthalic acid, lactic acid and the like.
The compounds of this invention, as discussed above, can be administered in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The salts are conveniently formed, as is usual in organic chemistry, by reacting a compound of this invention, when basic, with a suitable acid, such as have been described above. The salts are quickly formed in high yields at moderate temperatures, and often are prepared by merely isolating the compound from a suitable acidic wash as the final step of the synthesis. The salt-forming acid is dissolved in an appropriate organic solvent, or aqueous organic solvent, such as an alkanol, ketone or ester. On the other hand, if a compound of this invention is desired in the free base form, it is isolated from a basic final wash step, according to the usual practice. A preferred technique for preparing hydrochlorides is to dissolve the free base in a suitable solvent and dry the solution thoroughly, as over molecular sieves, before bubbling hydrogen chloride gas through it. When used as a medicament, the dose of a compound of formula I to be administered to a human is rather widely variable and subject to the judgment of the attending physician. It should be noted that it can be desirable to adjust the dose of a compound when it is administered in the form of a salt, such as a laureate, the salt forming moiety of which has an appreciable molecular weight. These compounds are, most desirably, administered in dosages ranging from about 0.25 mg up to about 1500 mg per day, preferably from about 0.25 to about 300 mg per day in single or divided doses, although variations will necessarily occur depending upon the weight and condition of the subject being treated and the particular route of administration chosen. However, a dosage level that is in the range of about 0.01 mg to about 10 mg per kg of body weight per day is most desirably employed. Variations may nevertheless occur depending upon the weight and condition of the persons being treated and their
individual responses to said medicament, as well as on the type of pharmaceutical formulation chosen and the time period and interval during which such administration is carried out. In some instances, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate, while in other cases still larger doses may be employed without causing any harmful side effects, provided that such larger doses are first divided into several small doses for administration throughout the day. In any given case, the amount of compound administered will depend on such factors as the solubility of the active component, the formulation used and the route of administration. The route of administration of the compounds of this invention is not critical.
The compounds can be absorbed from the alimentary tract, however, the compounds can be administered percutaneously, or as suppositories for absorption by the rectum, if desired in a given instance. All of the usual types of compositions can be used, including tablets, chewable tablets, capsules, solutions, parenteral solutions, troches, suppositories and suspensions. Compositions are formulated to contain a daily dose, or a convenient fraction of daily dose, in a dosage unit, which can be a single tablet or capsule or convenient volume of a liquid. Transdermal and oral administration are preferred.
Methods of formulation are well known in the art and are disclosed, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 19th Edition (1995). Pharmaceutical compositions for use within the present invention can be in the form of sterile, non-pyrogenic liquid solutions or suspensions, coated capsules, suppositories, lyophilized powders, transdermal patches or other forms known in the art. Capsules are prepared by mixing the compound with a suitable diluent and filling the proper amount of the mixture in capsules. The usual diluents include inert powdered substances such as starch of many different kinds, powdered cellulose, especially crystalline and microcrystalline cellulose, sugars such as fructose, mannitol and sucrose, grain flours and similar edible powders. Tablets are prepared by direct compression, by wet granulation, or by dry granulation. Their formulations usually incorporate diluents, binders, lubricants and
disintegrators as well as the compound. Typical diluents include, for example, various types of starch, lactose, mannitol, kaolin, calcium phosphate or sulfate, inorganic salts such as sodium chloride and powdered sugar. Powdered cellulose derivatives are also useful. Typical tablet binders are substances such as starch, gelatin and sugars such as lactose, fructose, glucose and the like. Natural and synthetic gums are also convenient, including acacia, alginates, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine and the like. Polyethylene glycol, ethylcellulose and waxes can also serve as binders.
A lubricant can be added in a tablet formulation to prevent the tablet and punches from sticking in the die. The lubricant is chosen from such slippery solids as talc, magnesium and calcium stearate, stearic acid and hydrogenated vegetable oils.
Tablet disintegrators are substances which facilitate the disintegration of a tablet to release a compound when the tablet becomes wet. They include starches, clays, celluloses, algins and gums, more particularly, corn and potato starches, methylcellulose, agar, bentonite, wood cellulose, powdered natural sponge, cation- exchange resins, alginic acid, guar gum, citrus pulp and carboxymethylcellulose, for example, can be used as well as sodium lauryl sulfate.
Tablets are often coated with sugar as a flavor and sealant, or with film-forming protecting agents to modify the dissolution properties of the tablet. The compounds can also be formulated as chewable tablets, by using large amounts of pleasant- tasting substances such as mannitol in the formulation, as is now well-established in the art.
When it is desired to administer a compound as a suppository, the typical bases can be used. Cocoa butter is a traditional suppository base, which can be modified by addition of waxes to raise its melting point slightly. Water-miscible suppository bases comprising, particularly, polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights are in wide use.
The effect of the compounds can be delayed or prolonged by proper formulation. For example, a slowly soluble pellet of the compound can be prepared and incorporated in a tablet or capsule. The technique can be improved by making pellets of several different dissolution rates and filling capsules with a mixture of the pellets. Tablets or capsules can be coated with a film which resists dissolution for a
predictable period of time. Even the parenteral preparations can be made long-acting, by dissolving or suspending the compound in oily or emulsified vehicles which allow it to disperse only slowly in the serum. Unless otherwise indicated: "Treating" refers to, and includes, reversing, alleviating, inhibiting the progress of, or preventing, a disease, disorder or condition, or one or more symptoms thereof; and, "treatment" and "therapeutically" refer to the act of treating, as defined above.
"Enhanced serotonergic neurotransmission," as used herein, refers to increasing or improving the neuronal process whereby serotonin is released by a pre-synaptic cell upon excitation and crosses the synapse to stimulate or inhibit the post-synaptic cell.
"Chemical dependency," as used herein, means an abnormal craving or desire for, or an addiction to a drug. Such drugs are generally administered to the affected individual by any of a variety of means of administration, including oral, parenteral, nasal or by inhalation. Examples of chemical dependencies treatable by the methods of the present invention are dependencies on alcohol, nicotine, cocaine, heroin, phenobarbital, and benzodiazepines (e.g., Valium (trademark)). "Treating a chemical dependency," as used herein, means reducing or alleviating such dependency. "Subject" is an animal, including mammals, and including human beings. The invention includes isotopically-labeled compounds identical to those of formula (I) and other compounds of the invention save for one or more atoms being replaced by one of atomic mass or mass number different from that usually found in nature as understood by the artisan.
"Co-administration" of a combination of a 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)- pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one and an additional compound or additional compounds means that these components can be administered together as a composition or as part of the same, unitary dosage form. "Co-administration" also includes administering a 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy-propyl)- pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one and an additional compound or additional compounds separately but as part of the same therapeutic treatment program or regimen. The components need not necessarily be administered at essentially the same time, although they can if so desired. Thus "co-
administration" includes, for example, administering a 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1 ,2-dihydroxy- propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one and an additional compound as separate dosages or dosage forms, but at the same time. "Co-administration" also includes separate administration at different times and in any order. For example, where appropriate a patient can take one or more component(s) of the treatment in the morning and one or more of the other component(s) at night.
The term "prodrug" means compounds that are transformed in vivo to yield a compound of the present invention. The transformation can occur by various mechanisms, such as through hydrolysis in blood. A good discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
For example, if a compound of the present invention contains a carboxylic acid functional group, a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as (Ci-C8)alkyl, (C2- Ci2)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1- methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1 -methyl-1 -(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N-(alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N-(alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms, 3-phthalidyl, 4- crotonolactonyl, gamma-butyrolacton-4-yl, di-N,N-((C1-C2))alkylamino(C2-C3)alkyl (such as β-dimethylaminoethyl), carbamoyl-(Ci-C2)alkyl, N,N-di(CrC2)alkylcarbamoyl- (CrC2)alkyl and piperidino-, pyrrolidino- or morpholino(Ci-C3)alkyl.
Similarly, if a compound of the present invention comprises an alcohol functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as (Ci-Cβjalkanoyloxymethyl, 1-((Cr C6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1 -methyl-1 -((CrC6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, (Ci-Cβ)alkoxycarbonyloxy- methyl, N-(CrC6)alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, (CrC6)alkanoyl, α.- amino(Ci-C4)alkanoyl, arylacyl and α-aminoacyl, or α-aminoacylα-aminoacyl, where
each α-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L- amino acids, P(O)(OH)2, -P(O)(O(Ci-C6)alkyl)2 or glycosyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate).
As used herein, the term "effective amount" means an amount of compound of the methods of the present invention that is capable of treating the specific diseases and pathological conditions. The specific dose of a compound administered according to this invention will, of course, be determined by the particular circumstances surrounding the case including, for example, the compound administered, the route of administration, the state of being of the subject, and the severity of the pathological condition being treated.
Advantageously, the present invention also provides kits for use by a consumer for treating disease. The kits comprise a) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an 5HTIB agonist/antagonist and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, vehicle or diluent; and, optionally, b) instructions describing a method of using the pharmaceutical composition for treating the specific disease. The instructions can also indicate that the kit is for treating disease while substantially reducing the concomitant liability of adverse effects associated with estrogen administration.
A "kit" as used in the instant application includes a container for containing the separate unit dosage forms such as a divided bottle or a divided foil packet. The container can be in any conventional shape or form as known in the art which is made of a pharmaceutically acceptable material, for example a paper or cardboard box, a glass or plastic bottle or jar, a re-sealable bag (for example, to hold a "refill" of tablets for placement into a different container), or a blister pack with individual doses for pressing out of the pack according to a therapeutic schedule. The container employed can depend on the exact dosage form involved, for example a conventional cardboard box would not generally be used to hold a liquid suspension. It is feasible that more than one container can be used together in a single package to market a single dosage form. For example, tablets can be contained in a bottle which is in turn contained within a box. An example of such a kit is a so-called blister pack. Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are being widely used for the packaging of
pharmaceutical unit dosage forms (tablets, capsules, and the like). Blister packs generally consist of a sheet of relatively stiff material covered with a foil of a preferably transparent plastic material. During the packaging process, recesses are formed in the plastic foil. The recesses have the size and shape of individual tablets or capsules to be packed or can have the size and shape to accommodate multiple tablets and/or capsules to be packed. Next, the tablets or capsules are placed in the recesses accordingly and the sheet of relatively stiff material is sealed against the plastic foil at the face of the foil which is opposite from the direction in which the recesses were formed. As a result, the tablets or capsules are individually sealed or collectively sealed, as desired, in the recesses between the plastic foil and the sheet. Preferably the strength of the sheet is such that the tablets or capsules can be removed from the blister pack by manually applying pressure on the recesses whereby an opening is formed in the sheet at the place of the recess. The tablet or capsule can then be removed via said opening. It can be desirable to provide a written memory aid, where the written memory aid is of the type containing information and/or instructions for the physician, pharmacist or subject, e.g., in the form of numbers next to the tablets or capsules whereby the numbers correspond with the days of the regimen which the tablets or capsules so specified should be ingested or a card which contains the same type of information. Another example of such a memory aid is a calendar printed on the card e.g., as follows "First Week, Monday, Tuesday," . . . etc . . . . "Second Week, Monday, Tuesday, . . . " etc. Other variations of memory aids will be readily apparent. A "daily dose" can be a single tablet or capsule or several tablets or capsules to be taken on a given day. Another specific embodiment of a kit is a dispenser designed to dispense the daily doses one at a time. Preferably, the dispenser is equipped with a memory-aid, so as to further facilitate compliance with the regimen. An example of such a memory-aid is a mechanical counter, which indicates the number of daily doses that, has been dispensed. Another example of such a memory-aid is a battery-powered micro-chip memory coupled with a liquid crystal readout, or audible reminder signal
which, for example, reads out the date that the last daily dose has been taken and/or reminds one when the next dose is to be taken.
The compounds of formula I that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of different salts with various inorganic and organic acids. Although such salts must be pharmaceutically acceptable for administration to animals, it is often desirable in practice to initially isolate a compound of the formula I from the reaction mixture as a pharmaceutically unacceptable salt and then simply convert the latter back to the free base compound by treatment with an alkaline reagent, and subsequently convert the free base to a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt. The acid addition salts of the base compounds of this invention are readily prepared by treating the base compound with a substantially equivalent amount of the chosen mineral or organic acid in an aqueous solvent medium or in a suitable organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol. Upon careful evaporation of the solvent, the desired solid salt is obtained. The acids which are used to prepare the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of the base compounds of this invention are those which form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate or bisulfate, phosphate or acid phosphate, acetate, lactate, citrate or acid citrate, tartrate or bitartrate, succinate, maleate, fumarate, gluconate, saccharate, benzoate, methanesulfonate and pamoate (i.e., 1 ,1 '-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)) salts.
Compounds of formula I and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts (hereinafter also referred to, collectively, as "the active compounds") are useful psychotherapeutics and are potent agonists and/or antagonists of the serotonin 1A (5-HT-IA) and/or serotonin 1 B (5-HT-IB) receptors.
Biological Assay
The affinities of the compounds of formula I for the various serotonin-1 receptors can be determined using standard radioligand binding assays as described in the literature. The 5-HTIA affinity can be measured using the procedure of Hoyer et al. (Brain Res., 376, 85 (1986)). The 5-HTiB affinity can be measured using the procedure of Heuring and Peroutka (J. Neυrosci., 7, 894 (1987)).
The in vitro activity of the compounds of the present invention at the 5-HT-IB binding site can be determined according to the following procedure. Bovine caudate tissue is homogenized and suspended in 20 volumes of a buffer containing 50 mM TRIS'hydrochloride (tris[hydroxymethyl]aminomethane hydrochloride) at a pH of 7.7. The homogenate is then centrifuged at 45,00OG for 10 minutes. The supernatant is then discarded and the resulting pellet resuspended in approximately 20 volumes of 50 mM TRIS'hydrochloride buffer at pH 7.7. This suspension is then pre-incubated for 15 minutes at 370C, after which the suspension is centrifuged again at 45,00OG for 10 minutes and the supernatant discarded. The resulting pellet (approximately 1 gram) is resuspended in 150 mL of a buffer of 15 mM TRIS'hydrochloride containing 0.01 percent ascorbic acid with a final pH of 7.7 and also containing 10 μM pargyline and 4 mM calcium chloride (CaCI2). The suspension is kept on ice at least 30 minutes prior to use.
The inhibitor, control or vehicle is then incubated according to the following procedure. To 50 μL of a 20 percent dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO)/80 percent distilled water solution is added 200 μL of tritiated 5-hydroxytryptamine (2 nM) in a buffer of 50 mM TRIS'hydrochloride containing 0.01 percent ascorbic acid at pH 7.7 and also containing 10 μM pargyline and 4 μM calcium chloride, plus 100 nM of 8-hydroxy- DPAT (dipropylaminotetraline) and 100 nM of mesulergine. To this mixture is added 750 μL of bovine caudate tissue, and the resulting suspension is vortexed to ensure a homogenous suspension. The suspension is then incubated in a shaking water bath for 30 minutes at 250C. After incubation is complete, the suspension is filtered using glass fiber filters (e.g., Whatman GF/B-filters™). The pellet is then washed three times with 4 mL of a buffer of 50 mM TRIS'hydrochloride at pH 7.7. The pellet is then placed in a scintillation vial with 5 mL of scintillation fluid (aquasol 2™) and allowed to sit overnight. The percent inhibition can be calculated for each dose of the compound. An IC50 value can then be calculated from the percent inhibition values.
The activity of the compounds of formula I for 5-HT1A binding ability can be determined according to the following procedure. Rat brain cortex tissue is homogenized and divided into samples of 1 gram lots and diluted with 10 volumes of 0.32 M sucrose solution. The suspension is then centrifuged at 900G for 10 minutes
and the supernate separated and recentrifuged at 70,00OG for 15 minutes. The supernate is discarded and the pellet re-suspended in 10 volumes of 15 mM TRIS'hydrochloride at pH 7.5. The suspension is allowed to incubate for 15 minutes at 370C. After pre-incubation is complete, the suspension is centrifuged at 70,00OG for 15 minutes and the supernate discarded. The resulting tissue pellet is resuspended in a buffer of 50 mM TRIS'hydrochloride at pH 7.7 containing 4 mM of calcium chloride and 0.01 percent ascorbic acid. The tissue is stored at -700C until ready for an experiment. The tissue can be thawed immediately prior to use, diluted with 10 μm pargyline and kept on ice. The tissue is then incubated according to the following procedure. Fifty microliters of control, inhibitor, or vehicle (1 percent DMSO final concentration) is prepared at various dosages. To this solution is added 200 μl_ of tritiated DPAT at a concentration of 1.5 nM in a buffer of 50 mM TRIS'hydrochloride at pH 7.7 containing 4 mM calcium chloride, 0.01 percent ascorbic acid and pargyline. To this solution is then added 750 μl_ of tissue and the resulting suspension is vortexed to ensure homogeneity. The suspension is then incubated in a shaking water bath for 30 minutes at 370C. The solution is then filtered, washed twice with 4 mL of 10 mM TRIS'hydrochloride at pH 7.5 containing 154 mM of sodium chloride. The percent inhibition is calculated for each dose of the compound, control or vehicle. IC50 values are calculated from the percent inhibition values.
The agonist and antagonist activities of the compounds of the invention at 5- HTIA and 5-HT1B receptors can be determined using a single saturating concentration according to the following procedure. Male Hartley guinea pigs are sacrificed and 5- HT1A receptors are dissected out of the hippocampus, while 5-HT-ιB receptors are obtained by slicing at 350 mM on a Mcllwain tissue chopper and dissecting out the substantia nigra from the appropriate slices. The individual tissues are homogenized in 5 mM HEPES buffer containing 1 mM EGTA (pH 7.5) using a hand-held glass- Teflon® homogenizer and centrifuged at 35,000 x g for 10 minutes at 40C. The pellets are resuspended in 100 mM HEPES buffer containing 1 mM EGTA (pH 7.5) to a final protein concentration of 20 mg (hippocampus) or 5 mg (substantia nigra) of protein per tube. The following agents are added so that the reaction mix in each tube
contained 2.0 mM MgCI2, 0.5 mM ATP, 1.0 mM cAMP, 0.5 mM IBMX, 10 mM phosphocreatine, 0.31 mg/mL creatine phosphokinase, 100 μM GTP and 0.5-1 microcuries of [32P]-ATP (30 Ci/mmol: NEG-003 - New England Nuclear). Incubation is initiated by the addition of tissue to siliconized microfuge tubes (in triplicate) at 3O0C for 15 minutes. Each tube receives 20 μl_ tissue, 10 μL drug or buffer (at 10X final concentration), 10 μL 32 nM agonist or buffer (at 10X final concentration), 20 μL forskolin (3 μM final concentration) and 40 μL of the preceding reaction mix. Incubation is terminated by the addition of 100 μL 2% SDS, 1.3 mM cAMP, 45 mM ATP solution containing 40,000 dpm [3H]-CAMP (30 Ci/mmol: NET-275- New England Nuclear) to monitor the recovery of cAMP from the columns. The separation of [32P]- ATP and [32P]-CAMP is accomplished using the method of Salomon et al., Analytical Biochemistry, 1974, 58, 541-548. Radioactivity is quantified by liquid scintillation counting. Maximal inhibition is defined by 10 μM (R)-δ-OH-DPAT for 5-HTiA receptors, and 320 nM 5-HT for 5-HTiB receptors. Percent inhibitions by the test compounds are then calculated in relation to the inhibitory effect of (f?)-8-OH-DPAT for 5-HT1A receptors or 5-HT for 5-HT1 B receptors. The reversal of agonist induced inhibition of forskolin-stimulated adenylate cyclase activity is calculated in relation to the 32 n M agonist effect.
The compounds of formula I can be tested for in vivo activity for antagonism of 5-HT1B agonist-induced hypothermia in guinea pigs according to the following procedure.
The in vitro activity of the compounds in the present invention at the human ether-a-go-go-related gene potassium channel (hERG) can be determined according to the following procedure. HEK-293 cells expressing the human ERG channel are grown according to standard cell culture techniques. Cells are collected, spun down and the resulting pellet is frozen for future use. On the day of the experiment, frozen cell pellet is weighed (100 mg per 96 well assay plate) and homogenized in 20 volumes of cold 50 mM Tris base containing 10 mM KCI and 1 mM MgCI2 (pH to 7.4 at 40C). The homogenate is then centrifuged at 45,000 G for 10 minutes. The supernatant is decanted and the membrane pellet resuspended by Polytron in cold 50 mM Tris base containing 10 mM KCI and 1 mM MgCI2 (pH to 7.4 at 40C) to a 20
mg/mL concentration. PVT WGA SPA beads (PEI treated type A) are weighed out and added to diluted tissue, also to concentration of 20 mg/mL. The membrane / bead solution is then gently rotated (speed 2, high) in a cold room (4°C) for 2 hours on a Roto-Torque (Cole-Palmer Model 7637). Following this preincubation, the bead slurry is then centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 5 min at 4°C. The supernatant is decanted and the pellet is resuspended to 5 mg/mL membrane and bead concentration in 50 mM Tris base containing 10 mM KCI and 1 mM MgCI2 (pH to 7.4 at 220C)). The resuspended SPA beads / membrane mixture is immediately used in the assay. Beads and membranes are used at a final concentration of 1 mg/well and 25 microgram protein/well, respectively. Dilutions of compounds are made in 10% DMSO / 50 mM Tris buffer (pH 7.4) (at 10 x final concentration - so that the final DMSO concentration is 1 %). To 96 well SPA plates containing drug dilutions, radioligand is added (5 nM final concentration 3H-dofetilide). The incubation is initiated by the addition of tissue/bead slurry. Assay plates incubate for one hour and then radioactivity is quantified using a MicroBeta scintillation counter. The percent inhibition of specific binding can then be calculated.
The compounds of the invention can be tested for in vivo activity for antagonism of 5HTIB agonist-induced by hypothermia in guinea pigs according to the following procedure. Male Hartley guinea pigs from Charles River, weighing 250-275 grams on arrival and 300-600 grams at testing, serve as subjects in the experiment. The guinea pigs are housed under standard laboratory conditions on a 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. lighting schedule for at least seven days prior to experimentation. Food and water are available ad libitum until the time of testing. The compounds of the invention can be administered as solutions in a volume of 1 mL/kg. The vehicle used is varied depending on compound solubility. Test compounds are typically administered either sixty minutes orally (p.o.) or 0 minutes subcutaneously (s.c.) prior to a 5-HTIB agonist, such as [3-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2- ylmethyl)-1 H-indol-5-yl]-(3-nitropyridin-3-yl)-amine, which can be prepared as described in PCT publication WO93/1 1 106, published June 10, 1993 which is administered at a dose of 5.6 mg/kg, s.c. Before a first temperature reading is taken,
each guinea pig is placed in a clear plastic shoe box containing wood chips and a metal grid floor and allowed to acclimate to the surroundings for 30 minutes. Animals are then returned to the same shoe box after each temperature reading. Prior to each temperature measurement each animal is firmly held with one hand for a 30-second period. A digital thermometer with a small animal probe is used for temperature measurements. The probe is made of semi-flexible nylon with an epoxy tip. The temperature probe is inserted 6 cm. into the rectum and held there for 30 seconds or until a stable recording is obtained. Temperatures are then recorded.
In p.o. screening experiments, a "pre-drug" baseline temperature reading is made at -90 minutes, the test compound is given at -60 minutes and an additional -30 minute reading is taken. The 5-HT-IB agonist is then administered at 0 minutes and temperatures are taken 30, 60, 120 and 240 minutes later.
In subcutaneous screening experiments, a pre-drug baseline temperature reading is made at -30 minutes. The test compound and 5-HT-iB agonists are given concurrently and temperatures are taken at 30, 60, 120 and 240 minutes later.
Data are analyzed with two-way analysis of variants with repeated measures in Newman-Keuls post hoc analysis.
The active compounds of the invention can be evaluated as anti-migraine agents by testing the extent to which they mimic sumatriptan in contracting the dog isolated saphenous vein strip (P.P.A. Humphrey et al., Br. J. Pharmacol., 94, 1128 (1988)). This effect can be blocked by methiothepin, a known serotonin antagonist. Sumatriptan is known to be useful in the treatment of migraine and produces a selective increase in carotid vascular resistance in the anesthetized dog. The pharmacological basis of sumatriptan efficacy has been discussed in W. Fenwick et al., Br. J. Pharmacol., 96, 83 (1989).
The serotonin 5-HT1 agonist activity can be determined by the in vitro receptor binding assays, as described for the 5-HTiA receptor using rat cortex as the receptor source and [3H]-8-OH-DPAT as the radioligand (D. Hoyer et al. Eur. J. Pharm., 118, 13 (1985)) and as described for the 5-HT1B receptor using bovine caudate as the receptor source and [3H]serotonin as the radioligand (R.E. Heuring and S.J. Peroutka, J. Neuroscience, 7, 894 (1987)).
The compounds of formula I can advantageously be used in conjunction with one or more other therapeutic agents, for instance, different antidepressant agents such as tricyclic antidepressants (e.g., amitriptyline, dothiepin, doxepin, trimipramine, butripyline, clomipramine, desipramine, imipramine, iprindole, lofepramine, nortriptyline or protriptyline), monoamine oxidase inhibitors (e.g., isocarboxazid, phenelzine or tranylcyclopramine) or 5-HT re-uptake inhibitors (e.g., fluvoxamine, sertraline, fluoxetine or paroxetine), and/or with antiparkinsonian agents such as dopaminergic antiparkinsonian agents (e.g., levodopa, preferably in combination with a peripheral decarboxylase inhibitor e.g., benserazide or carbidopa, or with a dopamine agonist e.g., bromocriptine, lysuride or pergolide) or with a noradrenaline re-uptake inhibitor (NRI) such as reboxetine. It is to be understood that the present invention covers the use of a compounds of formula (I) or a physiologically acceptable salt or solvate thereof in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents.
Compounds of formula I and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in combination with a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor (e.g., fluvoxamine, sertraline, fluoxetine or paroxetine), preferably sertraline, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or polymorph thereof (the combination of a compound of formula I with a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor is referred herein to as "the active combination"), are useful psychotherapeutics and can be used in the treatment of disorders the treatment of which is facilitated by enhanced serotonergic neurotransmission (e.g., hypertension, all forms of depression (e.g., depression in cancer patients, depression in Parkinson's patients, postmyocardial infarction depression, subsyndromal symptomatic depression, depression in infertile women, pediatric depression, major depressive disorder, single episode depression, recurrent depression, child abuse induced depression, post partum depression, dysthymia; mild, moderate, or severe depressions with or without atypical features, melancholic features, psychotic features, catatonic features; seasonal affective disorder, geriatric depression, chronic depression; adjustment disorder with depressed mood or with anxiety and depressed mood; mixed anxiety and depression; substance induced mood disorder; and mood disorder secondary to a general medical condition), bipolar disorder (including in the depressed phase), generalized anxiety disorder, social anxiety, separation anxiety disorder, phobias (e.g., agoraphobia, social phobia and
simple phobias), posttraumatic stress syndrome, avoidant personality disorder, premature ejaculation, eating disorders (e.g., binge eating disorder, anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa), obesity, chemical dependencies (e.g., addictions to alcohol, cocaine, heroin, phenobarbital, marijuana, nicotine and benzodiazepines), cluster headache, migraine, pain, Alzheimer's disease, obsessive-compulsive disorder; panic disorder with and without agoraphobia; memory disorders (e.g., dementia, amnestic disorders, and age-related cognitive decline (ARCD)), Parkinson's diseases (e.g., dementia in Parkinson's disease, neuroleptic-induced parkinsonism and tardive dyskinesias), endocrine disorders (e.g., hyperprolactinaemia), vasospasm (particularly in the cerebral vasculature), cerebellar ataxia, gastrointestinal tract disorders (involving changes in motility and secretion), negative symptoms of schizophrenia, premenstrual syndrome, fibromyalgia syndrome, stress incontinence, Tourette's syndrome, trichotillomania, kleptomania, male impotence, cancer (e.g. small cell lung carcinoma), chronic paroxysmal hemicrania, headache (associated with vascular disorders) autism, pervasive developmental disorder NOS, Asperger's disorder, selective mutism, chronic motor or vocal tic disorder, somatization disorder, insomnia, intermittent explosive disorder, pyromania, pathological gambling, impulse-control disorder, premenstrual dysphoric disorder, and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD)).
Serotonin (5-HT) re-uptake inhibitors, preferably sertraline, exhibit positive activity against depression; chemical dependencies; anxiety disorders including panic disorder, generalized anxiety disorder, agoraphobia, simple phobias, social phobia, and post-traumatic stress disorder; obsessive-compulsive disorder; avoidant personality disorder and premature ejaculation in mammals, including humans, due in part to their ability to block the synaptosomal uptake of serotonin. United States Patent 4,536,518 describes the synthesis, pharmaceutical composition and use of sertraline for depression and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Activity of the active combination as antidepressants and related pharmacological properties can be determined by methods (1 )-(4) below, which are described in Koe, B. et al., Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 226 (3), 686-700 (1983). Specifically, activity can be determined by studying (1 ) their
ability to affect the efforts of mice to escape from a swim-tank (Porsolt mouse "behavior despair" test), (2) their ability to potentiate 5-hydroxytryptophan-induced behavioral symptoms in mice in vivo, (3) their ability to antagonize the serotonin- depleting activity of p-chloroamphetamine hydrochloride in rat brain in vivo, and (4) their ability to block the uptake of serotonin, norepinephrine and dopamine by synaptosomal rat brain cells in vitro. The ability of the active combination to counteract reserpine hypothermia in mice in vivo can be determined according to the methods described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,029,731.
The compositions of the present invention can be formulated in a conventional manner using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Thus, the active compounds of the invention can be formulated for oral, buccal, intranasal, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous) or rectal administration or in a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation.
For oral administration, the pharmaceutical compositions can take the form of, for example, tablets or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinized maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate). The tablets can be coated by methods well known in the art. Liquid preparations for oral administration can take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they can be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations can be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); nonaqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters or ethyl alcohol); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid).
For buccal administration, the composition can take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
The active compounds of the invention can be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, including using conventional catheterization techniques or infusion. Formulations for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions can take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and can contain formulating agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient can be in powder form for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
The active compounds of the invention can also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
For intranasal administration or administration by inhalation, the active compounds of the invention are conveniently delivered in the form of a solution or suspension from a pump spray container that is squeezed or pumped by the patient or as an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurized container or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol, the dosage unit can be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. The pressurized container or nebulizer can contain a solution or suspension of the active compound. Capsules and cartridges (made, for example, from gelatin) for use in an inhaler or insufflator can be formulated containing a powder mix of a compound of the invention and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
A proposed dose of the active compounds of the invention for oral, parenteral or buccal administration to the average adult human for the treatment of the conditions referred to above (e.g., depression) is 0.1 to 200 mg of the active ingredient per unit dose which could be administered, for example, 1 to 4 times per day.
Aerosol formulations for treatment of the conditions referred to above (e.g., migraine) in the average adult human are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or "puff of aerosol contains 20 μg to 1000 μg of the compound of the invention. The overall daily dose with an aerosol will be within the range 100 μg to 10 mg.
Administration can be several times daily, for example 2, 3, 4 or 8 times, giving for example, 1 , 2 or 3 doses each time.
In connection with the use of an active compound of this invention with a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor, preferably sertraline, for the treatment of subjects possessing any of the above conditions, it is to be noted that these compounds can be administered either alone or in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers by either of the routes previously indicated, and that such administration can be carried out in both single and multiple dosages. More particularly, the active combination can be administered in a wide variety of different dosage forms, i.e., they can be combined with various pharmaceutically-acceptable inert carriers in the form of tablets, capsules, lozenges, troches, hard candies, powders, sprays, aqueous suspension, injectable solutions, elixirs, syrups, and the like. Such carriers include solid diluents or fillers, sterile aqueous media and various non-toxic organic solvents, etc. Moreover, such oral pharmaceutical formulations can be suitably sweetened and/or flavored by means of various agents of the type commonly employed for such purposes. In general, the compounds of formula I are present in such dosage forms at concentration levels ranging from about 0.5% to about 90% by weight of the total composition, i.e., in amounts which are sufficient to provide the desired unit dosage and a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor, preferably sertraline, is present in such dosage forms at concentration levels ranging from about 0.5% to about 90% by weight of the total composition, i.e., in amounts which are sufficient to provide the desired unit dosage.
A proposed daily dose of an active compound of this invention in the combination formulation (a formulation containing an active compound of this invention and a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor) for oral, parenteral, rectal or buccal administration to the average adult human for the treatment of the conditions referred to above is from about 0.01 mg to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 200 mg of the active ingredient of formula I per unit dose which could be administered, for example, 1 to 4 times per day.
A proposed daily dose of a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor, preferably sertraline, in the combination formulation for oral, parenteral or buccal administration to the average adult human for the treatment of the conditions referred to above is from about 0.1 mg
to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 1 mg to about 200 mg of the 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor per unit dose which could be administered, for example, 1 to 4 times per day. A preferred dose ratio of sertraline to an active compound of this invention in the combination formulation for oral, parenteral or buccal administration to the average adult human for the treatment of the conditions referred to above is from about 0.00005 to about 20,000, preferably from about 0.25 to about 2,000.
Aerosol combination formulations for treatment of the conditions referred to above in the average adult human are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or "puff' of aerosol contains from about 0.01 μg to about 100 mg of the active compound of this invention, preferably from about 1 μg to about 10 mg of such compound. Administration can be several times daily, for example 2, 3, 4 or 8 times, giving for example, 1 , 2 or 3 doses each time.
Aerosol formulations for treatment of the conditions referred to above in the average adult human are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or "puff' of aerosol contains from about 0.01 mg to about 2000 mg of a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor, preferably sertraline, preferably from about 1 mg to about 200 mg of sertraline. Administration can be several times daily, for example 2, 3, 4 or 8 times, giving for example, 1 , 2 or 3 doses each time.
As previously indicated, a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor, preferably sertraline, in combination with compounds of formula I are readily adapted to therapeutic use as antidepressant agents. In general, these antidepressant compositions containing a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor, preferably sertraline, and a compound of formula I are normally administered in dosages ranging from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg per kg of body weight per day of a 5-HT re-uptake inhibitor, preferably sertraline, preferably 30mg per kg of body weight per day, more preferably from about 0.1 mg. to about 10 mg per kg of body weight per day of sertraline; with from about 0.001 mg to about 100 mg per kg of body weight per day of a compound of formula I, preferably 30mg per kg of body weight per day, more preferably from about 0.01 mg to about 10 mg per kg of body weight per day of a compound of formula I, although variations will necessarily occur depending upon the conditions of the subject being treated and the particular route of administration chosen.
AII references and patents cited herein are incorporated by reference.
Claims
CLAIMS 1. A compound of formula (I):
(I) wherein the stereochemistry of a and b and c, where the given definition defines (a) and then (b, c), respectively, is (R) and (R, S); (R) and (R, R); (S) and (R, S); (S) and (R, R);
(R) and (S, S); (R) and (S, R); (S) and (S, S); and (S) and (S, R); prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
2. The compound of claim 1 , wherein (a) and (b, c) are respectively (R) and (S, S); and (S) and (S, S); prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. 3. The compound of claim 2, wherein the compound is at least 98% pure. 4. A compound of formula 1-ia:
A compound of formula 1-ib:
formula 1-ib wherein X is a halogen with atomic number less than or equal to Br or I; and P is an appropriate protecting group. The process of preparing a compound of formula (I):
(I) wherein the stereochemistry of a and b and c, where the given definition defines (a) and then (b, c), respectively, is (R) and (R, S);
(R) and (R, R); (S) and (R, S); (S) and (R, R);
(R) and (S, S); (R) and (S, R); (S) and (S, S); and (S) and (S, R); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, comprising preparing (2S)-3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)pentan-3-ol from (2S)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-one:
(a) forming a mixture in a non-coordinating reaction inert solvent, optionally toluene, of a dihalopyridine:
wherein Z is Br or I; and X is a halogen with atomic number less than or equal to the selected Z; with (2S)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-one;
(b) treating the mixture formed in step (a) with an (d-CβJalkyl lithium compound; and
(c) quenching the mixture formed in (b) with a proton donor so as to form (2S)-3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-ol; further comprising preparing (R)-3-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6- ((2S)-3-hydroxy-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2- one from (2S)-3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-ol:
(2S)-3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-ol and (f?)-3-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-2-one are mixed in a non-coordinating reaction inert solvent, optionally toluene,
CuI (about 0.05 to 0.2 eq) is added, potassium carbonate (about 1.5 to 2.5 eq) is then added, N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine (about 0.05 to 0.5 eq) is then added, and then water (about 1% to about 10% w/w) is added; and refluxed until (2S)-3-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-ol is consumed;
(f?)-3-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S)-3-hydroxy-2- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one is isolated using standard procedures, optionally purified; and further comprising preparing (f?)-3-(2-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6- ((2S)-2,3-dihydroxypentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one from (R)-3-(2-(4- methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S)-3-hydroxy-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)pentan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one by cleaving the protecting group with an acid, optionally glacial acetic acid, and optionally purifying.
7. The process of claim 6, further comprising the resolution of the diastereomers. 8. The processes of either claim 6 or 7, for the preparation of
(R)-3-(2-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S,3f?)-2,3-dihydroxypentan-3- yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one; and
(f?)-3-(2-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)-1-(6-((2S,3S)-2,3-dihydroxypentan-3- yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one. 9. The processes of any of claims 6 to 8, wherein the prepared compound is at least 98% pure. 10. The process to prepare a compound of formula 1 -ia:
formula 1-ia wherein P is an appropriate protecting group; comprising the coupling of (R)-3-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-2-one and a compound of formula 1-ib
formula 1-ib
wherein X is a halogen with atomic number less than or equal to Br or I, and P is an appropriate protecting group.
11. The process of claim 10, wherein P is
CrC4 alkyl optionally substituted as valency allows with -oxyCrC4alkyl, nitro, -oxybenzyl optionally substituted on phenyl of the benzyl with up to 3 substituents independently selected from -oxyCi-C4alkyl further substituted with silyl further substituted with Ci-C4alkyl as valency allows;
C3-C5alkenyl;
Cs-Cβ heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with Ci-C4alkyl; benzyl optionally substituted on phenyl of the benzyl with up to 3 substituents independently selected from Ci-C3alkyl, -oxyCi-C4alkyl, or nitro; or silyl substituted as valency allows with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of CrC4alkyl, phenyl, and -oxyCrC4alkyl.
12. The process of claim 10, wherein P is methoxymethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, te/f-butyl, tert-butoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl, allyl, triethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyran, tetrahydro-2H-furan, 4-methoxybenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl, (2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl, te/t-butyldiphenylsilyl, te/ϊ-butyldimethylsilyl, benzyl, benzyloxymethyl, 1-[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]ethyl, and tert-butoxydiphenylsilyl.
13. The process of any of claims 10 to 12, wherein the reaction is conducted in an aprotic organic solvent.
14. The processes of any of claims 10 to 13, further comprising the process to prepare a compound of formula 1-ib comprising:
(a) forming a mixture in a non-coordinating reaction inert solvent of a dihalopyridine:
wherein Z is Br or I; and X is a halogen with atomic number less than or equal to the selected Z; with an appropriate reactive species to give a compound of formula 1-ia;
(b) treating the mixture formed in step (a) with an (CrC8)alkyl lithium compound; and
(c) quenching the mixture formed in (b) with a proton donor so as to form the compound of formula 1-ib.
15. The process of claim 14, wherein the appropriate reactive species is (2S)-2- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)pentan-3-one, (S)-2-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)- pentan-3-one, or (S)-2-(terf-butyldiphenylsilyloxy)pentan-3-one.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US86874706P | 2006-12-06 | 2006-12-06 | |
US60/868,747 | 2006-12-06 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2008068614A2 true WO2008068614A2 (en) | 2008-06-12 |
WO2008068614A3 WO2008068614A3 (en) | 2008-08-21 |
Family
ID=39492684
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/IB2007/003890 WO2008068614A2 (en) | 2006-12-06 | 2007-11-29 | Stereoselective synthesis of 1-[6-ethyl-1,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2008068614A2 (en) |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20050245521A1 (en) * | 2004-03-17 | 2005-11-03 | Pfizer Inc. | Novel benayl(idene)-lactam derivatives |
US20060030714A1 (en) * | 2004-07-19 | 2006-02-09 | Pfizer Inc | Preparation of novel substituted haloarene compounds |
WO2006136945A1 (en) * | 2005-06-17 | 2006-12-28 | Pfizer Products Inc. | METABOLITES OF 1_ [_6- (1-ETHYL-l-HYDROXY-PROPYL) -PYRIDIN-3-YL] -3- [2- (4-METHYL-PIPERAZIN-I-YL) -BE NZYL] -PYRR0LIDIN-2-0NE AS SERATONIN RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS |
-
2007
- 2007-11-29 WO PCT/IB2007/003890 patent/WO2008068614A2/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20050245521A1 (en) * | 2004-03-17 | 2005-11-03 | Pfizer Inc. | Novel benayl(idene)-lactam derivatives |
US20060030714A1 (en) * | 2004-07-19 | 2006-02-09 | Pfizer Inc | Preparation of novel substituted haloarene compounds |
WO2006136945A1 (en) * | 2005-06-17 | 2006-12-28 | Pfizer Products Inc. | METABOLITES OF 1_ [_6- (1-ETHYL-l-HYDROXY-PROPYL) -PYRIDIN-3-YL] -3- [2- (4-METHYL-PIPERAZIN-I-YL) -BE NZYL] -PYRR0LIDIN-2-0NE AS SERATONIN RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2008068614A3 (en) | 2008-08-21 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11919887B2 (en) | Substituted tetrahydrofurans as modulators of sodium channels | |
CN107089985B (en) | Pyrrolo- [2,3-D] pyrimidine derivatives as Zhan Nasi associated kinase (JAK) inhibitor | |
US20210309659A1 (en) | 5,7-dihydro-pyrrolo-pyridine derivatives | |
MX2013008111A (en) | Oxazine derivatives and their use in the treatment of neurological disorders. | |
JP7263266B2 (en) | Dihydro-pyrrolo-pyridine derivatives | |
US10975083B2 (en) | Blood-brain barrier-penetrant dopamine-β-hydroxylase inhibitors | |
JP2024520643A (en) | Hydroxy and (halo)alkoxy substituted tetrahydrofurans as modulators of sodium channels | |
EA003099B1 (en) | 3-(pyrido[1,2-a]pyrazinyl)benzioxazol derivatives as antidepressants | |
US20090286804A1 (en) | Metabolites of 1-[6-(1-ethyl-1-hydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one as seratonin receptor antagonists | |
US10696691B2 (en) | BACE1 inhibitors | |
EP1562908A1 (en) | Quinoline derivatives | |
WO2007057742A2 (en) | Novel piperazinone derivatives | |
EP1753745A2 (en) | Pyrazinylmethyl lactam derivatives | |
WO2008068614A2 (en) | Stereoselective synthesis of 1-[6-ethyl-1,2-dihydroxy-propyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-3-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-2-one | |
US9540397B2 (en) | BACE1 inhibitors | |
US20060009448A1 (en) | Metabolites of 4-(3,4-dichloro-phenyl)-2-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-benzylidene]thiomorpholin-3-one | |
IL175365A (en) | Morpholine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions comprising them and use thereof in the preparation of medicaments | |
US6894062B1 (en) | Quinoline derivatives | |
MXPA06005226A (en) | Morpholine derivatives as norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 07859025 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A2 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase in: |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 07859025 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A2 |